wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 106 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 107 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 108 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 109 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 110 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 111 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 112 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 113 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 114 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 115 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 116 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 117 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 118 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 119 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 120 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 121 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 122 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 123 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 124 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 125 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 126 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 127 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 128 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 129 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 130 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 131 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 132 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 133 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 134 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 135 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 136 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 137 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 138 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 139 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 140 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 141 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 142 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 143 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 144 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 145 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 146 OK = _core_.OK
 147 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 148 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 149 YES = _core_.YES
 150 NO = _core_.NO
 151 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 152 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 153 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 154 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 155 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 156 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 157 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 158 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 159 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 160 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 161 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 162 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 163 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 164 RESET = _core_.RESET
 165 HELP = _core_.HELP
 166 MORE = _core_.MORE
 167 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 168 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 169 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 170 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 171 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 172 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 173 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 174 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 175 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 180 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 181 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 182 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 183 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 184 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 185 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 186 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 187 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 188 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 189 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 190 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 191 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 192 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 193 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 194 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 195 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 196 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 197 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 198 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 199 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 200 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 201 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 202 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 203 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 204 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 205 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 206 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 207 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 208 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 209 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 210 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 211 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 212 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 213 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 214 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 215 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 216 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 217 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 219 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 223 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 224 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 225 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 226 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 227 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 228 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 229 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 230 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 231 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 232 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 233 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 234 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 235 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 236 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 237 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 238 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 239 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 240 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 241 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 242 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 243 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 244 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 245 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 246 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 247 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 248 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 249 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 250 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 251 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 252 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 253 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 254 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 255 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 256 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 257 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 258 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 259 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 260 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 264 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 265 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 266 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 267 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 268 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 269 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 270 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 271 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 272 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 273 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 274 OPEN = _core_.OPEN
 275 SAVE = _core_.SAVE
 276 HIDE_READONLY = _core_.HIDE_READONLY
 277 OVERWRITE_PROMPT = _core_.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 278 FILE_MUST_EXIST = _core_.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 279 MULTIPLE = _core_.MULTIPLE
 280 CHANGE_DIR = _core_.CHANGE_DIR
 281 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 282 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 283 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 284 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 285 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 286 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 287 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 288 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 289 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 290 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 291 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 292 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 293 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON = _core_.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 294 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE = _core_.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 295 DD_CHANGE_DIR = _core_.DD_CHANGE_DIR
 296 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 297 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 298 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 299 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 300 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 301 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 302 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 303 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 304 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 305 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 306 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 307 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 308 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 309 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 310 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 311 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 312 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 313 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 314 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 315 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 316 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 317 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 318 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 319 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 320 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 321 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 322 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 323 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 324 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 325 UP = _core_.UP
 326 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 327 TOP = _core_.TOP
 328 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 329 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 330 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 331 WEST = _core_.WEST
 332 EAST = _core_.EAST
 333 ALL = _core_.ALL
 334 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 335 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 336 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 337 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 338 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 339 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 340 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 341 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 342 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 343 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 344 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 345 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 346 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 347 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 348 GROW = _core_.GROW
 349 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 350 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 351 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 352 TILE = _core_.TILE
 353 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 354 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 355 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 356 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 357 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 358 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 359 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 360 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 361 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 362 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 363 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 364 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 365 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 366 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 367 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 368 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 369 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 370 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 371 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 372 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 373 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 374 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 375 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 376 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 377 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 378 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 379 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 380 DOT = _core_.DOT
 381 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 382 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 383 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 384 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 385 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 386 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 387 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 388 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 389 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 390 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 391 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 392 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 393 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 394 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 395 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 396 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 397 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 398 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 399 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 400 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 401 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 402 XOR = _core_.XOR
 403 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 404 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 405 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 406 COPY = _core_.COPY
 407 AND = _core_.AND
 408 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 409 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 410 NOR = _core_.NOR
 411 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 412 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 413 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 414 NAND = _core_.NAND
 415 OR = _core_.OR
 416 SET = _core_.SET
 417 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 418 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 419 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 420 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 421 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 422 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 423 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 424 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 425 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 426 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 427 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 428 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 429 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 430 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 431 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 432 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 433 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 434 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 435 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 436 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 437 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 438 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 439 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 440 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 441 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 442 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 443 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 444 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 445 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 446 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 447 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 448 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 449 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 450 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 451 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 452 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 453 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 454 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 455 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 456 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 457 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 458 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 459 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 460 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 461 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 462 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 463 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 464 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 465 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 466 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 467 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 468 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 469 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 470 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 471 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 472 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 473 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 474 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 475 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 476 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 477 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 478 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 479 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 480 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 481 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 482 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 483 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 484 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 485 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 486 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 487 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 488 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 489 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 490 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 491 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 492 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 511 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 512 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 513 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 514 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 515 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 516 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 517 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 518 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 519 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 520 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 521 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 522 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 523 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 524 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 525 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 526 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 527 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 528 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 529 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 530 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 531 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 532 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 533 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 534 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 535 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 536 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 537 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 538 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 539 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 540 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 541 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 542 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 543 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 544 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 545 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 546 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 547 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 548 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 549 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 550 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 551 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 552 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 553 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 554 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 555 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 556 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 557 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 558 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 559 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 560 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 561 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 562 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 563 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 564 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 565 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 566 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 567 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 568 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 569 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 570 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 571 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 572 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 573 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 574 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 575 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 576 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 577 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 578 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 579 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 580 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 581 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 582 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 583 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 584 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 585 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 586 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 587 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 588 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 589 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 590 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 591 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 592 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 593 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 594 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 595 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 596 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 597 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 598 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 599 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 600 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 601 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 602 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 603 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 604 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 605 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 606 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 607 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 608 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 609 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 610 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 611 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 612 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 613 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 614 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 615 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 616 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 617 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 624 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 627 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 628 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 629 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 630 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 631 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 632 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 633 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 634 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 636 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 637 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 638 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 639 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 640 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 641 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 642 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 643 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 644 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 645 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 646 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 647 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 648 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 652 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 653 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 654 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 655 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 656 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 657 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 658 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 659 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 660 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 661 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 662 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 663 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 664 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 665 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 666 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 667 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 668 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 669 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 670 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 671 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 672 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 673 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 674 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 675 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 676 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 677 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 678 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 679 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 680 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 681 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 682 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 683 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 684 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 685 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 686 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 687 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 688 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 689 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 690 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 691 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 692 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 693 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 694 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 695 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 696 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 697 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 698
 699 class Object(object):
 700     """
 701     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 702     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 703     """
 704     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 705     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 706     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 707     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 708         """
 709         GetClassName(self) -> String
 710
 711         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 712         """
 713         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 714
 715     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 716         """
 717         Destroy(self)
 718
 719         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 720         """
 721         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 722         args[0].thisown = 0
 723         return val
 724
 725 Object_swigregister = _core_.Object_swigregister
 726 Object_swigregister(Object)
 727 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 728 cvar = _core_.cvar
 729 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 730
 731 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 732
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 750 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 751 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 752 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 753 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 754 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 755 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 756 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 757 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 758 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 759 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 760 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 761 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 762 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 763 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 764 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 765 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 766 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 767 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 768 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 769 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 770 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 771 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 772 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 773 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 774 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 775 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 776 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 777 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 778 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 779 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 780 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 781 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 782 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 783 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 784 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 785
 786 class Size(object):
 787     """
 788     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 789     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 790     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 791     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 792     """
 793     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 794     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 795     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 796     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 797     x = width; y = height
 798     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 799         """
 800         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 801
 802         Creates a size object.
 803         """
 804         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 805     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 806     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 807     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 808         """
 809         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 810
 811         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 812         """
 813         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 814
 815     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 816         """
 817         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 818
 819         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 820         """
 821         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 822
 823     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 824         """
 825         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 826
 827         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 828         """
 829         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 830
 831     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 832         """
 833         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 834
 835         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 836         """
 837         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 838
 839     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 840         """
 841         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 842
 843         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 844         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 845         """
 846         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 847
 848     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 849         """
 850         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 851
 852         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 853         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 854         """
 855         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 856
 857     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 858         """
 859         Set(self, int w, int h)
 860
 861         Set both width and height.
 862         """
 863         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 864
 865     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 866         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 867         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 868
 869     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 870         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 871         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 872
 873     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 874         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 875         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 876
 877     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 878         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 879         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 880
 881     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 882         """
 883         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 884
 885         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 886         """
 887         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 888
 889     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 890         """
 891         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 892
 893         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 894         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 895         """
 896         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 897
 898     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 899         """
 900         Get() -> (width,height)
 901
 902         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 903         """
 904         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 905
 906     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 907     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 908     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 909     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 910     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 911     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 912         if index == 0: self.width = val
 913         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 914         else: raise IndexError
 915     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 916     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 917     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 918
 919 Size_swigregister = _core_.Size_swigregister
 920 Size_swigregister(Size)
 921
 922 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 923
 924 class RealPoint(object):
 925     """
 926     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 927     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 928     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 929     """
 930     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 931     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 932     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 933     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 934     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 935         """
 936         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 937
 938         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 939         """
 940         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 941     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 942     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 943     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 944         """
 945         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 946
 947         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 948         """
 949         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 950
 951     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 952         """
 953         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 954
 955         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 956         """
 957         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 958
 959     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 960         """
 961         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 962
 963         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 964         """
 965         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 966
 967     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 968         """
 969         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 970
 971         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 972         """
 973         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 974
 975     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 976         """
 977         Set(self, double x, double y)
 978
 979         Set both the x and y properties
 980         """
 981         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 982
 983     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 984         """
 985         Get() -> (x,y)
 986
 987         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 988         """
 989         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 990
 991     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 992     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 993     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 994     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 995     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 996     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 997         if index == 0: self.x = val
 998         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 999         else: raise IndexError
1000     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1001     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1002     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1003
1004 RealPoint_swigregister = _core_.RealPoint_swigregister
1005 RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1006
1007 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1008
1009 class Point(object):
1010     """
1011     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1012     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1013     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1014     """
1015     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1016     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1017     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1018     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1019     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1020         """
1021         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1022
1023         Create a wx.Point object
1024         """
1025         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1026     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1027     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1028     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1029         """
1030         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1031
1032         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1033         """
1034         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1035
1036     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1037         """
1038         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1039
1040         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1041         """
1042         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1043
1044     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1045         """
1046         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1047
1048         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1049         """
1050         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1051
1052     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1053         """
1054         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1055
1056         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1057         """
1058         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1059
1060     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1061         """
1062         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1063
1064         Add pt to this object.
1065         """
1066         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1067
1068     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1069         """
1070         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1071
1072         Subtract pt from this object.
1073         """
1074         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1075
1076     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1077         """
1078         Set(self, long x, long y)
1079
1080         Set both the x and y properties
1081         """
1082         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1083
1084     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1085         """
1086         Get() -> (x,y)
1087
1088         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1089         """
1090         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1091
1092     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1093     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1094     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1095     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1096     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1097     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1098         if index == 0: self.x = val
1099         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1100         else: raise IndexError
1101     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1102     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1103     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1104
1105 Point_swigregister = _core_.Point_swigregister
1106 Point_swigregister(Point)
1107
1108 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1109
1110 class Rect(object):
1111     """
1112     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1113     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1114     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1115     """
1116     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1117     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1118     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1119         """
1120         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1121
1122         Create a new Rect object.
1123         """
1124         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1125     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1126     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1127     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1128         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1129         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1130
1131     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1132         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1133         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1134
1135     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1136         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1137         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1138
1139     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1140         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1141         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1142
1143     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1144         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1145         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1146
1147     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1148         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1149         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1150
1151     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1152         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1153         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1154
1155     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1156         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1157         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1158
1159     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1160         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1161         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1162
1163     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1164         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1165         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1166
1167     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1168         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1169         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1170
1171     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1172         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1173         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1174
1175     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1176         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1177         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1178
1179     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1180         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1181         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1182
1183     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1184         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1185         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1186
1187     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1188         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1189         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1190
1191     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1192         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1193         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1194
1195     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1196         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1197         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1198
1199     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1200         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1201         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1202
1203     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1204         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1205         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1206
1207     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1208         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1209         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1210
1211     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1212         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1213         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1214
1215     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1216         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1217         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1218
1219     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1220         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1221         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1222
1223     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1224         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1225         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1226
1227     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1228     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1229     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1230     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1231     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1232     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1233
1234     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1235         """
1236         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1237
1238         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1239
1240         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1241         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1242         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1243         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1244         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1245         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1246         direction.
1247
1248         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1249         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1250         first::
1251
1252             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1253             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1254
1255
1256         """
1257         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1258
1259     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1260         """
1261         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1262
1263         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1264         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1265         `Inflate` for a full description.
1266         """
1267         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1268
1269     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1270         """
1271         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1272
1273         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1274         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1275         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1276         """
1277         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1278
1279     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1280         """
1281         Offset(self, Point pt)
1282
1283         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1284         """
1285         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1286
1287     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1288         """
1289         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1290
1291         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1292         """
1293         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1294
1295     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1296         """
1297         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1298
1299         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1300         """
1301         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1302
1303     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1304         """
1305         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1306
1307         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1308         """
1309         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1310
1311     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1312         """
1313         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1314
1315         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1316         """
1317         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1318
1319     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1320         """
1321         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1322
1323         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1324         """
1325         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1326
1327     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1328         """
1329         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1330
1331         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1332         """
1333         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1334
1335     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1336         """
1337         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1338
1339         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1340         """
1341         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1342
1343     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1344         """
1345         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1346
1347         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1348         """
1349         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1350
1351     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1352         """
1353         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1354
1355         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1356         """
1357         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1358
1359     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1360         """
1361         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1362
1363         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1364         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1365         """
1366         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1367
1368     CentreIn = CenterIn
1369     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1370     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1371     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1372     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1373     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1374         """
1375         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1376
1377         Set all rectangle properties.
1378         """
1379         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1380
1381     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1382         """
1383         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1384
1385         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1386         """
1387         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1388
1389     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1390     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1391     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1392     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1393     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1394     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1395         if index == 0: self.x = val
1396         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1397         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1398         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1399         else: raise IndexError
1400     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1401     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1402     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1403
1404 Rect_swigregister = _core_.Rect_swigregister
1405 Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1406
1407 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1408     """
1409     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1410
1411     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1412     """
1413     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1414     return val
1415
1416 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1417     """
1418     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1419
1420     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1421     """
1422     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1423     return val
1424
1425 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1426     """
1427     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1428
1429     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1430     """
1431     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1432     return val
1433
1434
1435 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1436   """
1437     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1438
1439     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1440     """
1441   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1442 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1443
1444 class Point2D(object):
1445     """
1446     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1447     with floating point values.
1448     """
1449     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1450     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1451     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1452         """
1453         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1454
1455         Create a w.Point2D object.
1456         """
1457         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1458     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1459         """
1460         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1461
1462         Convert to integer
1463         """
1464         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1465
1466     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1467         """
1468         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1469
1470         Convert to integer
1471         """
1472         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1473
1474     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1475         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1476         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1477
1478     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1479         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1480         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1481
1482     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1483         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1484         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1485
1486     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1487         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1488         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1489
1490     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1491         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1492         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1493     def Normalize(self):
1494         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1495
1496     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1497         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1498         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1499
1500     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1501         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1502         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1503
1504     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1505         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1506         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1507
1508     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1509         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1510         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1511
1512     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1513         """
1514         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1515
1516         the reflection of this point
1517         """
1518         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1519
1520     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1521         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1522         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1523
1524     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1525         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1526         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1527
1528     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1529         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1530         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1531
1532     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1533         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1534         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1535
1536     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1537         """
1538         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1539
1540         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1541         """
1542         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1543
1544     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1545         """
1546         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1547
1548         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1549         """
1550         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1551
1552     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1553     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1554     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1555         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1556         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1557
1558     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1559         """
1560         Get() -> (x,y)
1561
1562         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1563         """
1564         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1565
1566     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1567     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1568     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1569     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1570     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1571     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1572         if index == 0: self.x = val
1573         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1574         else: raise IndexError
1575     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1576     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1577     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1578
1579 Point2D_swigregister = _core_.Point2D_swigregister
1580 Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1581
1582 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1583     """
1584     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1585
1586     Create a w.Point2D object.
1587     """
1588     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1589     return val
1590
1591 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1592     """
1593     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1594
1595     Create a w.Point2D object.
1596     """
1597     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1598     return val
1599
1600 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1601
1602 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1603 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1604 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1605 class InputStream(object):
1606     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1607     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1608     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1609     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1610         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1611         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1612     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1613     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1614     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1615         """close(self)"""
1616         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1617
1618     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1619         """flush(self)"""
1620         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1621
1622     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1623         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1624         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1625
1626     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1627         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1628         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1629
1630     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1631         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1632         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1633
1634     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1635         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1636         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1637
1638     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1639         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1640         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1641
1642     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1643         """tell(self) -> int"""
1644         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1645
1646     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1647         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1648         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1649
1650     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1651         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1652         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1653
1654     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1655         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1656         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1657
1658     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1659         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1660         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1661
1662     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1663         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1664         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1665
1666     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1667         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1668         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1669
1670     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1671         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1672         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1673
1674     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1675         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1676         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1677
1678 InputStream_swigregister = _core_.InputStream_swigregister
1679 InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1680 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1681 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1682
1683 class OutputStream(object):
1684     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1685     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1686     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1688     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1689         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1690         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1691
1692     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1693         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1694         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1695
1696 OutputStream_swigregister = _core_.OutputStream_swigregister
1697 OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1698
1699 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1700
1701 class FSFile(Object):
1702     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1703     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1704     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1705     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1706         """
1707         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1708             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1709         """
1710         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1711         self.thisown = 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1712
1713     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1714     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1715     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1716         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1717         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1718
1719     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1720         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1721         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1722
1723     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1724         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1725         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1726
1727     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1728         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1729         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1730
1731     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1732         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1733         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1734
1735 FSFile_swigregister = _core_.FSFile_swigregister
1736 FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1737
1738 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1739     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1740     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1741     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1742     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1743     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1744     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1745 CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister = _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister
1746 CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1747
1748 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1749     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1750     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1751     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1752     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1753         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1754         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1755         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1756
1757     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1758         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1759         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1760
1761     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1762         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1763         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1764
1765     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1766         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1767         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1768
1769     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1770         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1771         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1772
1773     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1774         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1775         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1776
1777     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1778         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1779         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1780
1781     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1782         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1783         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1784
1785     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1786         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1787         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1788
1789     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1790         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1791         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1792
1793     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1794         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1795         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1796
1797 FileSystemHandler_swigregister = _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister
1798 FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1799
1800 class FileSystem(Object):
1801     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1802     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1803     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1804     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1805         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1806         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1807     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1808     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1809     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1810         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1811         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1812
1813     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1814         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1815         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1816
1817     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1818         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1819         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1820
1821     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1822         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1823         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1824
1825     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1826         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1827         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1828
1829     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1830         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1831         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1832
1833     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1834     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1835         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1836         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1837
1838     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1839     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1840         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1841         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1842
1843     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1844     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1845         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1846         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1847
1848     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1849 FileSystem_swigregister = _core_.FileSystem_swigregister
1850 FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1851
1852 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1853   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1854   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1857   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1858   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1859
1860 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1861   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1862   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1863
1864 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1865   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1866   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1867
1868 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1869     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1870     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1871     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1872     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1873         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1874         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1875     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1876         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1877         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1878
1879     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1880         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1881         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1882
1883 InternetFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister
1884 InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1885
1886 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1887     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1888     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1889     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1890     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1891         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1892         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1893     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1894         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1895         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1898         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1899         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1900
1901     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1902         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1903         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1904
1905     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1906         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1907         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1908
1909 ZipFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister
1910 ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1911
1912
1913 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1914   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1915   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1916
1917 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1918   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1919   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1920
1921 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1922   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1923   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1924 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1925     """
1926     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1927     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1928     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1929     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1930     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1931     """
1932     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1933         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1934     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1935         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1936     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1937         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1938     else:
1939         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1940
1941 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1942     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1943     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1944     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1945     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1946         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1947         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1948     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1949         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1950         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1951
1952     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1953     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1954     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1955         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1956         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1957
1958     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1959         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1960         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1963         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1964         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1965
1966     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1967         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1968         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1969
1970 MemoryFSHandler_swigregister = _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister
1971 MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1972
1973 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1974   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1975   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1976
1977 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1978 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1979 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1980 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1981
1982 class ImageHandler(Object):
1983     """
1984     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1985     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1986     normally seen by the application.
1987     """
1988     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1989     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1990     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1991     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1992         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1993         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1994
1995     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1996         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1997         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1998
1999     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2000         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2001         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2002
2003     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2004         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2005         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2006
2007     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2008         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2009         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2010
2011     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2012         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2013         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2014
2015     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2016         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2017         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2018
2019     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2020         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2021         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2022
2023     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2024         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2025         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2026
2027 ImageHandler_swigregister = _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister
2028 ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2029
2030 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2031     """
2032     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2033     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2034     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2035     the following methods::
2036
2037         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2038             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2039
2040         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2041             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2042
2043         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2044             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2045                this handler's image file format.'''
2046
2047         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2048             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2049                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2050
2051     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2052     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2053     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2054
2055     """
2056     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2057     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2058     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2059         """
2060         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2061
2062         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2063         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2064         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2065         the following methods::
2066
2067             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2068                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2069
2070             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2071                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2072
2073             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2074                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2075                    this handler's image file format.'''
2076
2077             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2078                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2079                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2080
2081         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2082         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2083         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2084
2085         """
2086         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2087         self._SetSelf(self)
2088
2089     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2090         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2091         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2092
2093 PyImageHandler_swigregister = _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister
2094 PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2095
2096 class ImageHistogram(object):
2097     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2098     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2099     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2100     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2101         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2102         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2103     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2104         """
2105         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2106
2107         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2108         """
2109         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2110
2111     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2112     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2113         """
2114         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2115
2116         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2117         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2118         success flag and rgb values.
2119         """
2120         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2121
2122     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2123         """
2124         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2125
2126         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2127         key value from a RGB tripple.
2128         """
2129         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2130
2131     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2132         """
2133         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2134
2135         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2136         """
2137         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2138
2139     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2140         """
2141         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2142
2143         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2144         """
2145         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2146
2147 ImageHistogram_swigregister = _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister
2148 ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2149
2150 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2151   """
2152     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2153
2154     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2155     """
2156   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2157
2158 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2159     """
2160     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2161     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2162     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2163     color space.
2164     """
2165     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2166     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2167     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2168         """
2169         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2170
2171         Constructor.
2172         """
2173         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2174     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2175     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2176     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2177 Image_RGBValue_swigregister = _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister
2178 Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2179
2180 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2181     """
2182     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2183     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2184     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2185     color space.
2186     """
2187     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2188     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2189     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2190         """
2191         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2192
2193         Constructor.
2194         """
2195         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2196     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2197     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2198     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2199 Image_HSVValue_swigregister = _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister
2200 Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2201
2202 class Image(Object):
2203     """
2204     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2205     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2206     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2207     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2208
2209     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2210     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2211     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2212     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2213
2214     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2215     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2216     bitmap object.
2217
2218     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2219     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2220     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2221     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2222     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2223
2224     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2225     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2226     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2227     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2228     """
2229     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2230     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2231     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2232         """
2233         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2234
2235         Loads an image from a file.
2236         """
2237         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2238     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2239     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2240     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2241         """
2242         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2243
2244         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2245         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2246         """
2247         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2248
2249     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2250         """
2251         Destroy(self)
2252
2253         Destroys the image data.
2254         """
2255         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2256         args[0].thisown = 0
2257         return val
2258
2259     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2260         """
2261         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2262
2263         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2264         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2265         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2266         """
2267         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2268
2269     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2270         """
2271         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2272
2273         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2274         """
2275         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2276
2277     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2278         """
2279         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2280
2281         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2282         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2283
2284         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2285         """
2286         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2287
2288     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2289         """
2290         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2291
2292         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2293         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2294         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2295         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2296         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2297         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2298         newly exposed areas.
2299
2300         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2301         """
2302         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2303
2304     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2305         """
2306         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2307
2308         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2309         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2310         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2311         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2312         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2313         """
2314         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2315
2316     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2317         """
2318         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2319
2320         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2321         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2322         safe way to manipulate the data.
2323         """
2324         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2325
2326     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2327         """
2328         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2329
2330         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2331         """
2332         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2333
2334     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2335         """
2336         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2337
2338         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2339         """
2340         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2341
2342     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2343         """
2344         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2345
2346         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2347         """
2348         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2349
2350     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2351         """
2352         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2353
2354         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2355         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2356         for this.
2357         """
2358         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2359
2360     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2361         """
2362         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2363
2364         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2365         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2366         this.
2367
2368         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2369         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2370         the fully opaque pixels.
2371         """
2372         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2373
2374     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2375         """
2376         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2377
2378         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2379         """
2380         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2381
2382     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2383         """
2384         InitAlpha(self)
2385
2386         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2387         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2388         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2389         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2390         """
2391         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2392
2393     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2394         """
2395         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2396
2397         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2398         than the spcified threshold.
2399         """
2400         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2401
2402     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2403         """
2404         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2405
2406         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2407         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2408         success flag and rgb values.
2409         """
2410         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2411
2412     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2413         """
2414         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2415
2416         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2417         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2418         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2419         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2420
2421         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2422         nothing.
2423         """
2424         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2425
2426     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2427         """
2428         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2429
2430         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2431         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2432         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2433         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2434         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2435         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2436         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2437         """
2438         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2439
2440     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2441         """
2442         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2443
2444         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2445         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2446         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2447         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2448         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2449
2450         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2451         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2452         mask was successfully applied.
2453
2454         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2455         computationally intensive operation.
2456         """
2457         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2458
2459     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2460         """
2461         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2462
2463         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2464         """
2465         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2466
2467     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2468     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2469         """
2470         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2471
2472         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2473         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2474         the number of available images.
2475         """
2476         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2477
2478     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2479     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2480         """
2481         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2482
2483         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2484         library will try to autodetect the format.
2485         """
2486         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2487
2488     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2489         """
2490         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2491
2492         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2493         string.
2494         """
2495         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2496
2497     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2498         """
2499         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2500
2501         Saves an image in the named file.
2502         """
2503         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2504
2505     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2506         """
2507         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2508
2509         Saves an image in the named file.
2510         """
2511         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2512
2513     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2514         """
2515         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2516
2517         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2518         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2519         object.
2520         """
2521         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2522
2523     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2524     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2525         """
2526         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2527
2528         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2529         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2530         autodetect the format.
2531         """
2532         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2533
2534     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2535         """
2536         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2537
2538         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2539         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2540         """
2541         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2542
2543     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2544         """
2545         Ok(self) -> bool
2546
2547         Returns true if image data is present.
2548         """
2549         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2550
2551     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2552         """
2553         GetWidth(self) -> int
2554
2555         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2556         """
2557         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2558
2559     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2560         """
2561         GetHeight(self) -> int
2562
2563         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2564         """
2565         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2566
2567     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2568         """
2569         GetSize(self) -> Size
2570
2571         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2572         """
2573         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2574
2575     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2576         """
2577         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2578
2579         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2580         entirely to the image.
2581         """
2582         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2583
2584     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2585         """
2586         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2587
2588         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2589         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2590         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2591         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2592         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2593         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2594         newly exposed areas.
2595         """
2596         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2597
2598     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2599         """
2600         Copy(self) -> Image
2601
2602         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2603         """
2604         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2605
2606     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2607         """
2608         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2609
2610         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2611         and any out of bounds problems.
2612         """
2613         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2614
2615     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2616         """
2617         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2618
2619         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2620         """
2621         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2622
2623     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2624         """
2625         SetData(self, buffer data)
2626
2627         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2628         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2629         the data must be width*height*3.
2630         """
2631         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2632
2633     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2634         """
2635         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2636
2637         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2638         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2639         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2640         """
2641         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2642
2643     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2644         """
2645         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2646
2647         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2648         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2649         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2650         """
2651         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2652
2653     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2654         """
2655         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2656
2657         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2658         """
2659         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2660
2661     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2662         """
2663         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2664
2665         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2666         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2667         data must be width*height.
2668         """
2669         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2670
2671     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2672         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2673         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2674
2675     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2676         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2677         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2678
2679     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2680         """
2681         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2682
2683         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2684         mask).
2685         """
2686         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2687
2688     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2689         """
2690         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2691
2692         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2693         """
2694         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2695
2696     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2697         """
2698         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2699
2700         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2701         """
2702         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2703
2704     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2705         """
2706         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2707
2708         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2709         """
2710         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2711
2712     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2713         """
2714         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2715
2716         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2717         """
2718         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2719
2720     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2721         """
2722         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2723
2724         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2725         determined by the current mask colour.
2726         """
2727         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2728
2729     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2730         """
2731         HasMask(self) -> bool
2732
2733         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2734         """
2735         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2736
2737     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2738         """
2739         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2740             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2741
2742         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2743         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2744         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2745         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2746         will be used as the fill colour.
2747
2748         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2749         """
2750         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2751
2752     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2753         """
2754         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2755
2756         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2757         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2758         """
2759         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2760
2761     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2762         """
2763         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2764
2765         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2766         indicates the orientation.
2767         """
2768         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2769
2770     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2771         """
2772         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2773
2774         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2775         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2776         """
2777         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2778
2779     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2780         """
2781         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2782
2783         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2784         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2785         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2786         """
2787         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2788
2789     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2790         """
2791         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2792
2793         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2794         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2795         colour everywhere else.
2796         """
2797         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2798
2799     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2800         """
2801         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2802
2803         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2804         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2805         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2806         """
2807         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2808
2809     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2810         """
2811         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2812
2813         Sets an image option as an integer.
2814         """
2815         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2816
2817     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2818         """
2819         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2820
2821         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2822         """
2823         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2824
2825     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2826         """
2827         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2828
2829         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2830         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2831         """
2832         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2833
2834     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2835         """
2836         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2837
2838         Returns true if the given option is present.
2839         """
2840         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2841
2842     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2843         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2844         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2845
2846     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2847         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2848         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2849
2850     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2851         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2852         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2853
2854     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2855     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2856         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2857         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2858
2859     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2860     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2861         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2862         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2863
2864     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2865     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2866         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2867         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2868
2869     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2870     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2871         """
2872         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2873
2874         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2875         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2876         dialog boxes.
2877         """
2878         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2879
2880     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2881     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2882         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2883         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2884
2885     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2886         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2887         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2888
2889     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2890         """
2891         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2892
2893         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2894         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2895         """
2896         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2897
2898     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2899         """
2900         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2901
2902         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2903         """
2904         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2905
2906     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2907     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2908         """
2909         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2910
2911         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2912         """
2913         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2914
2915     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2916     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2917 Image_swigregister = _core_.Image_swigregister
2918 Image_swigregister(Image)
2919
2920 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2921     """
2922     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2923
2924     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2925     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2926     """
2927     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2928     return val
2929
2930 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2931     """
2932     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2933
2934     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2935     object.
2936     """
2937     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2938     return val
2939
2940 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2941     """
2942     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2943
2944     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2945     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2946     """
2947     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2948     return val
2949
2950 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2951     """
2952     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2953
2954     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2955     pixels to black.
2956     """
2957     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2958     return val
2959
2960 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2961     """
2962     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2963
2964     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2965     """
2966     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2967     return val
2968
2969 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2970     """
2971     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2972
2973     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2974     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2975     must be width*height*3.
2976     """
2977     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2978     return val
2979
2980 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2981     """
2982     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2983
2984     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2985     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2986     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2987     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2988     """
2989     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2990     return val
2991
2992 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2993   """
2994     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2995
2996     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2997     """
2998   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2999
3000 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3001   """
3002     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3003
3004     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3005     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3006     the number of available images.
3007     """
3008   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3009
3010 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3011   """
3012     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3013
3014     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3015     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3016     object.
3017     """
3018   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3019
3020 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3021   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3022   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3025   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3026   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3029   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3030   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3031
3032 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3033   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3034   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3035
3036 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3037   """
3038     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3039
3040     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3041     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3042     dialog boxes.
3043     """
3044   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3045
3046 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3047   """
3048     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3049
3050     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3051     """
3052   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3053
3054 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3055   """
3056     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3057
3058     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3059     """
3060   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3061
3062 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3063     """
3064     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3065     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3066     """
3067     pass
3068
3069 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3070 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3071 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3072 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3073 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3074 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3075 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3076 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3077 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3078 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3079 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3080 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3081 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3082 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3083 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3084     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3085     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3086     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3087     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3088         """
3089         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3090
3091         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3092         """
3093         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3094 BMPHandler_swigregister = _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister
3095 BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3096 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3097 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3098 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3099 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3100 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3101 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3102 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3103 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3104 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3105 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3106 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3107 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3108 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3109 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3110 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3111 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3112
3113 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3114     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3115     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3116     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3117     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3118         """
3119         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3120
3121         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3122         """
3123         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3124 ICOHandler_swigregister = _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister
3125 ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3126
3127 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3128     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3129     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3130     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3131     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3132         """
3133         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3134
3135         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3136         """
3137         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3138 CURHandler_swigregister = _core_.CURHandler_swigregister
3139 CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3140
3141 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3142     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3143     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3144     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3145     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3146         """
3147         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3148
3149         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3150         """
3151         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3152 ANIHandler_swigregister = _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister
3153 ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3154
3155 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3156     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3157     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3158     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3159     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3160         """
3161         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3162
3163         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3164         """
3165         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3166 PNGHandler_swigregister = _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister
3167 PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3168
3169 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3170     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3171     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3172     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3173     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3174         """
3175         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3176
3177         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3178         """
3179         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3180 GIFHandler_swigregister = _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister
3181 GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3182
3183 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3184     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3185     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3186     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3187     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3188         """
3189         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3190
3191         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3192         """
3193         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3194 PCXHandler_swigregister = _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister
3195 PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3196
3197 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3198     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3199     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3200     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3201     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3202         """
3203         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3204
3205         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3206         """
3207         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3208 JPEGHandler_swigregister = _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister
3209 JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3210
3211 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3212     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3216         """
3217         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3218
3219         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3220         """
3221         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3222 PNMHandler_swigregister = _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister
3223 PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3224
3225 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3226     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3227     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3228     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3229     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3230         """
3231         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3232
3233         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3234         """
3235         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3236 XPMHandler_swigregister = _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister
3237 XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3238
3239 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3240     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3241     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3242     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3243     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3244         """
3245         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3246
3247         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3248         """
3249         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3250 TIFFHandler_swigregister = _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister
3251 TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3252
3253 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3254 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3255 class Quantize(object):
3256     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3257     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3258     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3259     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3260     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3261         """
3262         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3263
3264         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3265         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3266         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3267         """
3268         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3269
3270     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3271 Quantize_swigregister = _core_.Quantize_swigregister
3272 Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3273
3274 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3275   """
3276     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3277
3278     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3279     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3280     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3281     """
3282   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3283
3284 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3285
3286 class EvtHandler(Object):
3287     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3288     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3289     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3290     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3291         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3292         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3293     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3294         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3295         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3296
3297     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3298         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3299         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3300
3301     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3302         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3303         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3304
3305     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3306         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3307         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3308
3309     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3310         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3311         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3312
3313     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3314         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3315         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3316
3317     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3318         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3319         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3320
3321     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3322         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3323         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3324
3325     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3326         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3327         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3328
3329     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3330         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3331         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3332
3333     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3334         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3335         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3336
3337     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3338         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3339         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3340         args[0].thisown = 0
3341         return val
3342
3343     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3344         """
3345         Bind an event to an event handler.
3346
3347         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3348                       type of event to bind,
3349
3350         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3351                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3352                       disconnect an event handler.
3353
3354         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3355                       different window than self, but you still
3356                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3357                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3358                       passing the source of the event, the event
3359                       handling system is able to differentiate
3360                       between the same event type from different
3361                       controls.
3362
3363         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3364                    of instance.
3365
3366         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3367                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3368         """
3369         if source is not None:
3370             id  = source.GetId()
3371         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3372
3373     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3374         """
3375         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3376         Returns True if successful.
3377         """
3378         if source is not None:
3379             id  = source.GetId()
3380         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3381
3382 EvtHandler_swigregister = _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister
3383 EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3384
3385 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3386
3387 class PyEventBinder(object):
3388     """
3389     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3390     handlers.
3391     """
3392     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3393         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3394             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3395         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3396
3397         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3398             self.evtType = evtType
3399         else:
3400             self.evtType = [evtType]
3401
3402
3403     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3404         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3405         for et in self.evtType:
3406             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3407
3408
3409     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3410         """Remove an event binding."""
3411         success = 0
3412         for et in self.evtType:
3413             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3414         return success != 0
3415
3416
3417     def __call__(self, *args):
3418         """
3419         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3420         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3421         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3422         type of the event.
3423         """
3424         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3425         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3426         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3427         target = args[0]
3428         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3429             func = args[1]
3430         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3431             id1 = args[1]
3432             func = args[2]
3433         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3434             id1 = args[1]
3435             id2 = args[2]
3436             func = args[3]
3437         else:
3438             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3439
3440         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3441
3442
3443 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3444 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3445     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3446 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3447     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3448
3449
3450 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3451
3452 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3453
3454 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3455 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3456
3457 def NewEventType(*args):
3458   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3459   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3460 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3461 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3462 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3463 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3464 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3465 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3466 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3467 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3468 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3469 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3470 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3471 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3472 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3473 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3474 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3475 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3476 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3477 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3478 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3479 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3480 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3481 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3482 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3483 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3484 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3485 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3486 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3487 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3488 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3489 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3490 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3491 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3492 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3493 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3494 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3495 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3496 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3497 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3498 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3499 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3500 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3501 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3502 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3503 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3504 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3505 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3506 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3507 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3508 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3509 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3510 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3511 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3512 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3513 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3514 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3515 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3516 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3517 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3518 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3519 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3520 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3521 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3522 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3523 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3524 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3525 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3526 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3527 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3528 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3529 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3530 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3531 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3532 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3533 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3534 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3535 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3536 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3537 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3538 wxEVT_POWER = _core_.wxEVT_POWER
3539 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3540 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3541 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3542 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3543 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3544 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3545 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3546 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3547 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3548 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3549 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3550 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3551 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3552 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3553 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3554 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3555 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3556 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3557 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3558 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3559 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3560 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3561 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3562 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3563 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3564 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3565 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3566 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3567 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3568 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3569 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3570 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3571 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3572 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3573 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3574 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3575 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3576 #
3577 # Create some event binders
3578 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3579 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3580 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3581 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3582 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3583 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3584 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3585 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3586 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3587 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3588 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3589 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3590 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3591 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3592 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3593 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3594 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3595 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3596 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3597 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3598 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3599 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3600 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3601 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3602 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3603 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3604 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3605 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3606 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3607 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3608 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3609 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3610 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3611 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3612 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3613 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3614 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3615 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3616 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3617 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3618 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3619
3620 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3621 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3622 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3623 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3624 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3625 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3626 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3627 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3628 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3629 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3630 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3631 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3632 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3633
3634 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3635                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3636                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3637                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3638                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3639                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3640                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3641                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3642                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3643                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3644                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3645                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3646                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3647                                      ])
3648
3649
3650 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3651 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3652                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3653                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3654                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3655                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3656                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3657                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3658                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3659                                   ])
3660
3661 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3662 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3663 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3664 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3665 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3666 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3667 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3668 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3669
3670 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3671 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3672                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3673                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3674                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3675                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3676                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3677                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3678                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3679                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3680                                ])
3681
3682 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3683 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3684 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3685 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3686 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3687 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3688 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3689 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3690 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3691 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3692
3693 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3694 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3695                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3696                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3697                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3698                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3699                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3700                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3701                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3702                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3703                                        ], 1)
3704
3705 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3706 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3707 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3708 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3709 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3710 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3711 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3712 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3713 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3714 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3715
3716 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3717 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3718 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3719 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3720 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3721 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3722 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3723 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3724 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3725 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3726
3727 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3728 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3729 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3730 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3731 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3732 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3733 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3734 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3735 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3736
3737
3738 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3739 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3740 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3741 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3742 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3743 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3744 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3745
3746 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3747
3748 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3749 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3750
3751 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3752
3753
3754
3755 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3756
3757 class Event(Object):
3758     """
3759     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3760     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3761     other event classes
3762     """
3763     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3764     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3765     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3766     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3767     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3768     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3769         """
3770         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3771
3772         Sets the specific type of the event.
3773         """
3774         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3775
3776     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3777         """
3778         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3779
3780         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3781         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3782         """
3783         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3784
3785     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3786         """
3787         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3788
3789         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3790         any.
3791         """
3792         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3793
3794     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3795         """
3796         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3797
3798         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3799         object that is sending the event.
3800         """
3801         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3802
3803     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3804         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3805         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3806
3807     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3808         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3809         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3810
3811     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3812         """
3813         GetId(self) -> int
3814
3815         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3816         command id.
3817         """
3818         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3819
3820     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3821         """
3822         SetId(self, int Id)
3823
3824         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3825         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3826         item, etc.
3827         """
3828         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3829
3830     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3831         """
3832         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3833
3834         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3835         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3836         """
3837         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3838
3839     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3840         """
3841         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3842
3843         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3844         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3845         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3846         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3847         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3848         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3849         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3850
3851         """
3852         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3853
3854     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3855         """
3856         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3857
3858         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3859         :see: `Skip`
3860         """
3861         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3862
3863     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3864         """
3865         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3866
3867         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3868         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3869         """
3870         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3871
3872     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3873         """
3874         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3875
3876         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3877         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3878         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3879         """
3880         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3881
3882     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3883         """
3884         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3885
3886         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3887         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3888         `StopPropagation`.)
3889
3890         """
3891         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3892
3893     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3894         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3895         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3896
3897 Event_swigregister = _core_.Event_swigregister
3898 Event_swigregister(Event)
3899
3900 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3901
3902 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3903     """
3904     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3905     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3906     propogation of the event will be restored.
3907     """
3908     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3909     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3910     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3911         """
3912         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3913
3914         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3915         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3916         propogation of the event will be restored.
3917         """
3918         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3919     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3920     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3921 PropagationDisabler_swigregister = _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister
3922 PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3923
3924 class PropagateOnce(object):
3925     """
3926     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3927     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3928     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3929     """
3930     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3931     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3932     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3933         """
3934         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3935
3936         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3937         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3938         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3939         """
3940         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3941     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3942     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3943 PropagateOnce_swigregister = _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister
3944 PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3945
3946 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3947
3948 class CommandEvent(Event):
3949     """
3950     This event class contains information about command events, which
3951     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3952     toolbars.
3953     """
3954     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3955     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3956     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3957         """
3958         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3959
3960         This event class contains information about command events, which
3961         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3962         toolbars.
3963         """
3964         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3965     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3966         """
3967         GetSelection(self) -> int
3968
3969         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3970         for a deselection).
3971         """
3972         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3973
3974     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3975         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3976         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3977
3978     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3979         """
3980         GetString(self) -> String
3981
3982         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3983         for a deselection).
3984         """
3985         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3986
3987     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3988         """
3989         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3990
3991         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3992         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3993         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3994         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3995         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3996         """
3997         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3998
3999     Checked = IsChecked
4000     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4001         """
4002         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4003
4004         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4005         false if it is a deselection.
4006         """
4007         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4008
4009     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4010         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4011         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4012
4013     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4014         """
4015         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4016
4017         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4018         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4019         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4020         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4021         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4022         listbox must be examined by the application.
4023         """
4024         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4025
4026     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4027         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4028         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4029
4030     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4031         """
4032         GetInt(self) -> int
4033
4034         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4035         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4036         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4037         """
4038         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4039
4040     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4041         """
4042         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4043
4044         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4045         """
4046         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4047
4048     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4049         """
4050         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4051
4052         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4053         """
4054         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4055
4056     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4057     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4058
4059     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4060         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4061         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4062
4063 CommandEvent_swigregister = _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister
4064 CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4065
4066 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4067
4068 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4069     """
4070     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4071     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4072     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4073     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4074     """
4075     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4076     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4077     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4078         """
4079         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4080
4081         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4082         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4083         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4084         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4085         """
4086         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4087     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4088         """
4089         Veto(self)
4090
4091         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4092
4093         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4094         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4095         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4096         """
4097         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4098
4099     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4100         """
4101         Allow(self)
4102
4103         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4104         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4105         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4106         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4107         """
4108         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4109
4110     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4111         """
4112         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4113
4114         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4115         false otherwise (if it was).
4116         """
4117         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4118
4119 NotifyEvent_swigregister = _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister
4120 NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4121
4122 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4123
4124 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4125     """
4126     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4127     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4128     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4129     instead.
4130     """
4131     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4132     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4133     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4134         """
4135         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4136             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4137         """
4138         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4139     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4140         """
4141         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4142
4143         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4144         the scrollbar.
4145         """
4146         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4147
4148     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4149         """
4150         GetPosition(self) -> int
4151
4152         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4153         """
4154         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4155
4156     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4157         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4158         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4159
4160     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4161         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4162         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4163
4164 ScrollEvent_swigregister = _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister
4165 ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4166
4167 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4168
4169 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4170     """
4171     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4172     scrolling windows.
4173     """
4174     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4175     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4176     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4177         """
4178         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4179
4180         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4181         scrolling windows.
4182         """
4183         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4184     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4185         """
4186         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4187
4188         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4189         the scrollbar.
4190         """
4191         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4192
4193     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4194         """
4195         GetPosition(self) -> int
4196
4197         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4198         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4199         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4200         """
4201         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4202
4203     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4204         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4205         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4206
4207     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4208         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4209         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4210
4211 ScrollWinEvent_swigregister = _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister
4212 ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4213
4214 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4215
4216 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4217 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4218 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4219 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4220 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4221 class MouseEvent(Event):
4222     """
4223     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4224     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4225     mouse move events.
4226
4227     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4228     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4229     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4230     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4231     events from it.
4232
4233     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4234     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4235     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4236     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4237     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4238     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4239     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4240     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4241     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4242     """
4243     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4244     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4245     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4246         """
4247         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4248
4249         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4250
4251             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4252             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4253             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4254             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4255             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4256             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4257             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4258             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4259             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4260             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4261             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4262             * wxEVT_MOTION
4263             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4264         """
4265         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4266     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4267         """
4268         IsButton(self) -> bool
4269
4270         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4271         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4272         """
4273         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4274
4275     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4276         """
4277         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4278
4279         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4280         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4281         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4282         values).
4283         """
4284         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4285
4286     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4287         """
4288         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4289
4290         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4291         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4292         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4293         values).
4294         """
4295         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4296
4297     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4298         """
4299         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4300
4301         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4302         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4303         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4304         """
4305         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4306
4307     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4308         """
4309         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4310
4311         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4312         values of button are:
4313
4314              ====================      =====================================
4315              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4316              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4317              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4318              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4319              ====================      =====================================
4320
4321         """
4322         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4323
4324     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4325         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4326         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4327
4328     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4329         """
4330         GetButton(self) -> int
4331
4332         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4333         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4334         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4335         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4336         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4337         right buttons respectively.
4338         """
4339         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4340
4341     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4342         """
4343         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4344
4345         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4346         """
4347         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4348
4349     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4350         """
4351         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4352
4353         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4354         """
4355         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4356
4357     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4358         """
4359         AltDown(self) -> bool
4360
4361         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4362         """
4363         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4364
4365     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4366         """
4367         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4368
4369         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4370         """
4371         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4372
4373     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4374         """
4375         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4376
4377         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4378         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4379         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4380         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4381         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4382         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4383         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4384         """
4385         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4386
4387     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4388         """
4389         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4390
4391         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4392         """
4393         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4394
4395     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4396         """
4397         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4398
4399         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4400         """
4401         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4402
4403     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4404         """
4405         RightDown(self) -> bool
4406
4407         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4408         """
4409         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4410
4411     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4412         """
4413         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4414
4415         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4416         """
4417         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4418
4419     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4420         """
4421         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4422
4423         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4424         """
4425         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4426
4427     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4428         """
4429         RightUp(self) -> bool
4430
4431         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4432         """
4433         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4434
4435     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4436         """
4437         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4438
4439         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4440         """
4441         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4442
4443     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4444         """
4445         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4446
4447         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4448         """
4449         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4450
4451     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4452         """
4453         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4454
4455         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4456         """
4457         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4458
4459     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4460         """
4461         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4462
4463         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4464         of the current event type.
4465
4466         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4467         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4468         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4469
4470         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4471         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4472         dragging the mouse.
4473         """
4474         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4475
4476     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4477         """
4478         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4479
4480         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4481         of the current event type.
4482         """
4483         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4484
4485     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4486         """
4487         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4488
4489         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4490         of the current event type.
4491         """
4492         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4493
4494     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4495         """
4496         Dragging(self) -> bool
4497
4498         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4499         depressed).
4500         """
4501         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4502
4503     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4504         """
4505         Moving(self) -> bool
4506
4507         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4508         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4509         false and Dragging returns true.
4510         """
4511         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4512
4513     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4514         """
4515         Entering(self) -> bool
4516
4517         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4518         """
4519         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4520
4521     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4522         """
4523         Leaving(self) -> bool
4524
4525         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4526         """
4527         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4528
4529     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4530         """
4531         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4532
4533         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4534         event happened.
4535         """
4536         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4537
4538     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4539         """
4540         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4541
4542         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4543         event happened.
4544         """
4545         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4546
4547     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4548         """
4549         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4550
4551         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4552         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4553         that the window has been scrolled).
4554         """
4555         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4556
4557     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4558         """
4559         GetX(self) -> int
4560
4561         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4562         """
4563         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4564
4565     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4566         """
4567         GetY(self) -> int
4568
4569         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4570         """
4571         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4572
4573     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4574         """
4575         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4576
4577         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4578         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4579         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4580         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4581         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4582         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4583         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4584         """
4585         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4586
4587     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4588         """
4589         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4590
4591         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4592         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4593         should occur for each delta.
4594         """
4595         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4596
4597     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4598         """
4599         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4600
4601         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4602         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4603         """
4604         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4605
4606     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4607         """
4608         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4609
4610         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4611         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4612         """
4613         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4614
4615     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4616     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4617     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4618     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4619     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4620     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4621     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4622     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4623     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4624     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4625     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4626     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4627 MouseEvent_swigregister = _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister
4628 MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4629
4630 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4631
4632 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4633     """
4634     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4635     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4636     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4637     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4638     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4639     """
4640     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4641     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4642     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4643         """
4644         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4645
4646         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4647         """
4648         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4649     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4650         """
4651         GetX(self) -> int
4652
4653         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4654         """
4655         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4656
4657     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4658         """
4659         GetY(self) -> int
4660
4661         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4662         """
4663         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4664
4665     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4666         """
4667         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4668
4669         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4670         """
4671         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4672
4673     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4674         """
4675         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4676
4677         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4678         """
4679         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4680
4681     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4682         """
4683         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4684
4685         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4686         """
4687         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4688
4689 SetCursorEvent_swigregister = _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister
4690 SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4691
4692 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4693
4694 class KeyEvent(Event):
4695     """
4696     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4697     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4698     the keyboard focus.
4699
4700     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4701     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4702     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4703     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4704     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4705     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4706     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4707     corresponding to each down one.
4708
4709     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4710     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4711     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4712     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4713     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4714     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4715     example.
4716
4717     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4718     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4719     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4720     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4721     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4722     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4723     well.
4724
4725     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4726     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4727     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4728     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4729     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4730     by the system itself.
4731
4732     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4733     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4734     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4735     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4736
4737     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4738     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4739     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4740     focus.
4741
4742     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4743     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4744     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4745     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4746
4747     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4748     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4749     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4750     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4751
4752     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4753     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4754     work under Windows.
4755
4756     """
4757     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4758     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4759     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4760         """
4761         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4762
4763         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4764             *
4765         """
4766         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4767     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4768         """
4769         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4770
4771         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4772         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4773         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4774         example::
4775
4776             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4777                 DoSomething()
4778
4779         """
4780         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4781
4782     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4783         """
4784         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4785
4786         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4787         """
4788         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4789
4790     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4791         """
4792         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4793
4794         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4795         """
4796         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4797
4798     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4799         """
4800         AltDown(self) -> bool
4801
4802         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4803         """
4804         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4805
4806     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4807         """
4808         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4809
4810         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4811         """
4812         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4813
4814     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4815         """
4816         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4817
4818         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4819         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4820         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4821         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4822         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4823         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4824         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4825         """
4826         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4827
4828     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4829         """
4830         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4831
4832         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4833         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4834         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4835         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4836         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4837         normally).
4838         """
4839         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4840
4841     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4842         """
4843         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4844
4845         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4846         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4847         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4848         codes.
4849
4850         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4851         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4852         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4853         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4854         """
4855         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4856
4857     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4858     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4859         """
4860         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4861
4862         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4863         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4864         """
4865         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4866
4867     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4868     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4869         """
4870         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4871
4872         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4873         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4874         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4875         ports.
4876         """
4877         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4878
4879     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4880         """
4881         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4882
4883         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4884         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4885         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4886         """
4887         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4888
4889     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4890         """
4891         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4892
4893         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4894         """
4895         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4896
4897     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4898         """
4899         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4900
4901         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4902         """
4903         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4904
4905     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4906         """
4907         GetX(self) -> int
4908
4909         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4910         applicable.
4911         """
4912         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4913
4914     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4915         """
4916         GetY(self) -> int
4917
4918         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4919         applicable.
4920         """
4921         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4922
4923     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4924     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4925     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4926     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4927     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4928     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4929     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4930     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4931     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4932     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4933 KeyEvent_swigregister = _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister
4934 KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4935
4936 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4937
4938 class SizeEvent(Event):
4939     """
4940     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4941     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4942     been resized.
4943
4944     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4945     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4946     application.
4947
4948     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4949     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4950     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4951     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4952     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4953     invalidate the entire window.
4954
4955     """
4956     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4957     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4958     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4959         """
4960         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4961
4962         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4963         """
4964         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4965     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4966         """
4967         GetSize(self) -> Size
4968
4969         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4970         event.
4971         """
4972         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4973
4974     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4975         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4976         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4977
4978     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4979         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4980         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4981
4982     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4983         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4984         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4985
4986     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4987     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4988 SizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister
4989 SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4990
4991 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4992
4993 class MoveEvent(Event):
4994     """
4995     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4996     moved to a new position.
4997     """
4998     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4999     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5000     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5001         """
5002         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5003
5004         Constructor.
5005         """
5006         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5007     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5008         """
5009         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5010
5011         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5012         """
5013         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5014
5015     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5016         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5017         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5018
5019     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5020         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5021         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5022
5023     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5024         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5025         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5026
5027     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5028     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5029
5030 MoveEvent_swigregister = _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister
5031 MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5032
5033 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5034
5035 class PaintEvent(Event):
5036     """
5037     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5038     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5039     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5040     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5041     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5042
5043     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5044     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5045     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5046     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5047     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5048     scrolled units.
5049
5050     """
5051     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5052     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5053     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5054         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5055         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5056 PaintEvent_swigregister = _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister
5057 PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5058
5059 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5060     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5061     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5062     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5063     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5064         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5065         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5066 NcPaintEvent_swigregister = _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister
5067 NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5068
5069 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5070
5071 class EraseEvent(Event):
5072     """
5073     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5074     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5075     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5076     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5077
5078     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5079     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5080     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5081
5082     """
5083     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5084     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5085     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5086         """
5087         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5088
5089         Constructor
5090         """
5091         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5092     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5093         """
5094         GetDC(self) -> DC
5095
5096         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5097         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5098         that instead.
5099         """
5100         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5101
5102 EraseEvent_swigregister = _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister
5103 EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5104
5105 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5106
5107 class FocusEvent(Event):
5108     """
5109     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5110     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5111     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5112
5113     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5114     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5115     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5116
5117     """
5118     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5119     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5120     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5121         """
5122         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5123
5124         Constructor
5125         """
5126         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5127     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5128         """
5129         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5130
5131         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5132         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5133         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5134
5135         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5136         """
5137         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5138
5139     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5140         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5141         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5142
5143 FocusEvent_swigregister = _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister
5144 FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5145
5146 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5147
5148 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5149     """
5150     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5151     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5152     heirarchy.
5153     """
5154     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5155     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5156     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5157         """
5158         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5159
5160         Constructor
5161         """
5162         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5163     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5164         """
5165         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5166
5167         The window which has just received the focus.
5168         """
5169         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5170
5171 ChildFocusEvent_swigregister = _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister
5172 ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5173
5174 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5175
5176 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5177     """
5178     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5179     application is being activated or deactivated.
5180
5181     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5182     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5183     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5184     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5185     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5186     application frames being inactive.
5187
5188     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5189     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5190     doing so can result in strange effects.
5191
5192     """
5193     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5194     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5195     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5196         """
5197         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5198
5199         Constructor
5200         """
5201         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5202     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5203         """
5204         GetActive(self) -> bool
5205
5206         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5207         otherwise.
5208         """
5209         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5210
5211 ActivateEvent_swigregister = _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister
5212 ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5213
5214 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5215
5216 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5217     """
5218     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5219     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5220     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5221     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5222     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5223     """
5224     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5225     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5226     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5227         """
5228         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5229
5230         Constructor
5231         """
5232         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5233 InitDialogEvent_swigregister = _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister
5234 InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5235
5236 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5237
5238 class MenuEvent(Event):
5239     """
5240     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5241     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5242     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5243
5244     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5245     text in the first field of the status bar.
5246     """
5247     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5248     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5249     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5250         """
5251         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5252
5253         Constructor
5254         """
5255         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5256     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5257         """
5258         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5259
5260         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5261         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5262         """
5263         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5264
5265     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5266         """
5267         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5268
5269         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5270         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5271         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5272         """
5273         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5274
5275     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5276         """
5277         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5278
5279         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5280         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5281         """
5282         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5283
5284 MenuEvent_swigregister = _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister
5285 MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5286
5287 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5288
5289 class CloseEvent(Event):
5290     """
5291     This event class contains information about window and session close
5292     events.
5293
5294     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5295     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5296     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5297     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5298     function.
5299
5300     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5301     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5302     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5303     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5304     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5305     files or to cancel the close.
5306
5307     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5308     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5309     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5310     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5311     """
5312     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5313     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5314     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5315         """
5316         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5317
5318         Constructor.
5319         """
5320         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5321     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5322         """
5323         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5324
5325         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5326         """
5327         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5328
5329     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5330         """
5331         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5332
5333         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5334         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5335         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5336         window event.
5337         """
5338         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5339
5340     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5341         """
5342         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5343
5344         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5345         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5346
5347         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5348         """
5349         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5350
5351     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5352         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5353         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5354
5355     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5356         """
5357         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5358
5359         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5360         """
5361         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5362
5363     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5364         """
5365         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5366
5367         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5368         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5369         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5370         must be called to check this.
5371         """
5372         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5373
5374 CloseEvent_swigregister = _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister
5375 CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5376
5377 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5378
5379 class ShowEvent(Event):
5380     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5381     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5382     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5383     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5384         """
5385         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5386
5387         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5388         """
5389         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5390     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5391         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5392         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5393
5394     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5395         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5396         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5397
5398 ShowEvent_swigregister = _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister
5399 ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5400
5401 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5402
5403 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5404     """
5405     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5406     restored.
5407     """
5408     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5409     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5410     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5411         """
5412         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5413
5414         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5415         restored.
5416         """
5417         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5418     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5419         """
5420         Iconized(self) -> bool
5421
5422         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5423         been restored.
5424         """
5425         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5426
5427 IconizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister
5428 IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5429
5430 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5431
5432 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5433     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5434     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5435     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5436     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5437         """
5438         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5439
5440         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5441         """
5442         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5443 MaximizeEvent_swigregister = _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister
5444 MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5445
5446 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5447
5448 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5449     """
5450     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5451     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5452     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5453     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5454
5455     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5456     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5457     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5458     dropping files.
5459
5460     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5461     events.
5462
5463     """
5464     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5465     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5466     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5467     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5468         """
5469         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5470
5471         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5472         """
5473         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5474
5475     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5476         """
5477         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5478
5479         Returns the number of files dropped.
5480         """
5481         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5482
5483     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5484         """
5485         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5486
5487         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5488         """
5489         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5490
5491 DropFilesEvent_swigregister = _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister
5492 DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5493
5494 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5495
5496 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5497 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5498 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5499     """
5500     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5501     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5502     interface elements.
5503
5504     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5505     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5506     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5507     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5508     menu item or button.
5509
5510     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5511     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5512     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5513     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5514     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5515     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5516     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5517
5518     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5519     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5520     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5521     update.
5522
5523     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5524     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5525     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5526
5527     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5528     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5529
5530        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5531           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5532           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5533           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5534           events.
5535
5536        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5537           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5538           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5539           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5540           delay before windows are updated.
5541
5542     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5543     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5544     from an internal idle handler.
5545
5546     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5547     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5548     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5549
5550     """
5551     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5552     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5553     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5554         """
5555         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5556
5557         Constructor
5558         """
5559         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5560     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5561         """
5562         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5563
5564         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5565         """
5566         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5567
5568     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5569         """
5570         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5571
5572         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5573         """
5574         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5575
5576     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5577         """
5578         GetShown(self) -> bool
5579
5580         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5581         """
5582         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5583
5584     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5585         """
5586         GetText(self) -> String
5587
5588         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5589         """
5590         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5591
5592     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5593         """
5594         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5595
5596         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5597         wxWidgets internal use only.
5598         """
5599         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5600
5601     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5602         """
5603         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5604
5605         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5606         internal use only.
5607         """
5608         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5609
5610     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5611         """
5612         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5613
5614         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5615         internal use only.
5616         """
5617         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5618
5619     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5620         """
5621         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5622
5623         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5624         internal use only.
5625         """
5626         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5627
5628     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5629         """
5630         Check(self, bool check)
5631
5632         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5633         """
5634         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5635
5636     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5637         """
5638         Enable(self, bool enable)
5639
5640         Enable or disable the UI element.
5641         """
5642         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5643
5644     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5645         """
5646         Show(self, bool show)
5647
5648         Show or hide the UI element.
5649         """
5650         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5651
5652     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5653         """
5654         SetText(self, String text)
5655
5656         Sets the text for this UI element.
5657         """
5658         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5659
5660     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5661         """
5662         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5663
5664         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5665         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5666         default is 0.
5667
5668         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5669         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5670         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5671         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5672         about to be shown.
5673         """
5674         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5675
5676     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5677     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5678         """
5679         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5680
5681         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5682         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5683         """
5684         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5685
5686     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5687     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5688         """
5689         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5690
5691         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5692         to) this window.
5693
5694         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5695         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5696         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5697         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5698         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5699         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5700         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5701         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5702         interval.
5703
5704         """
5705         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5706
5707     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5708     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5709         """
5710         ResetUpdateTime()
5711
5712         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5713         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5714         is called at the end of idle processing.
5715         """
5716         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5717
5718     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5719     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5720         """
5721         SetMode(int mode)
5722
5723         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5724         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5725
5726         The mode may be one of the following values:
5727
5728             =============================   ==========================================
5729             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5730                                             is the default setting.
5731             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5732                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5733                                             style set.
5734             =============================   ==========================================
5735
5736         """
5737         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5738
5739     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5740     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5741         """
5742         GetMode() -> int
5743
5744         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5745         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5746         events.
5747         """
5748         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5749
5750     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5751 UpdateUIEvent_swigregister = _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister
5752 UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5753
5754 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5755   """
5756     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5757
5758     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5759     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5760     default is 0.
5761
5762     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5763     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5764     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5765     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5766     about to be shown.
5767     """
5768   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5769
5770 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5771   """
5772     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5773
5774     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5775     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5776     """
5777   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5778
5779 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5780   """
5781     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5782
5783     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5784     to) this window.
5785
5786     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5787     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5788     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5789     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5790     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5791     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5792     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5793     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5794     interval.
5795
5796     """
5797   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5798
5799 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5800   """
5801     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5802
5803     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5804     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5805     is called at the end of idle processing.
5806     """
5807   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5808
5809 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5810   """
5811     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5812
5813     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5814     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5815
5816     The mode may be one of the following values:
5817
5818         =============================   ==========================================
5819         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5820                                         is the default setting.
5821         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5822                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5823                                         style set.
5824         =============================   ==========================================
5825
5826     """
5827   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5828
5829 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5830   """
5831     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5832
5833     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5834     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5835     events.
5836     """
5837   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5838
5839 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5840
5841 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5842     """
5843     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5844     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5845     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5846
5847     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5848     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5849     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5850     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5851     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5852
5853     """
5854     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5855     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5856     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5857         """
5858         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5859
5860         Constructor
5861         """
5862         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5863 SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister
5864 SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5865
5866 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5867
5868 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5869     """
5870     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5871     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5872     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5873     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5874     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5875
5876     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5877     """
5878     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5879     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5880     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5881         """
5882         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5883
5884         Constructor
5885         """
5886         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5887     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5888         """
5889         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5890
5891         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5892         non-wxWidgets window.
5893         """
5894         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5895
5896 MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister
5897 MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5898
5899 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5900
5901 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5902     """
5903     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5904     resolution has changed.
5905
5906     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5907     """
5908     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5909     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5910     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5911         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5912         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5913 DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister
5914 DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5915
5916 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5917
5918 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5919     """
5920     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5921     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5922     match.
5923
5924     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5925     """
5926     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5927     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5928     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5929         """
5930         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5931
5932         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5933         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5934         match.
5935
5936         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5937         """
5938         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5939     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5940         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5941         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5942
5943     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5944         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5945         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5946
5947 PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister = _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister
5948 PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5949
5950 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5951
5952 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5953     """
5954     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5955     focus and should re-do its palette.
5956
5957     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5958     """
5959     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5960     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5961     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5962         """
5963         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5964
5965         Constructor.
5966         """
5967         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5968     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5969         """
5970         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5971
5972         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5973         """
5974         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5975
5976     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5977         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5978         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5979
5980 QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister = _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister
5981 QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5982
5983 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5984
5985 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5986     """
5987     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5988     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5989     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5990     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5991     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5992     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5993     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5994     """
5995     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5996     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5997     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5998         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5999         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6000     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6001         """
6002         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6003
6004         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6005         """
6006         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6007
6008     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6009         """
6010         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6011
6012         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6013         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6014         """
6015         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6016
6017     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6018         """
6019         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6020
6021         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6022         """
6023         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6024
6025     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6026         """
6027         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6028
6029         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6030         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6031         by using Control-Tab.
6032         """
6033         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6034
6035     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6036         """
6037         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6038
6039         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6040         key.
6041         """
6042         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6043
6044     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6045         """
6046         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6047
6048         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6049         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6050         """
6051         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6052
6053     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6054         """
6055         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6056
6057         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6058
6059             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6060             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6061             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6062             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6063
6064         """
6065         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6066
6067     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6068         """
6069         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6070
6071         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6072         ``None``.
6073         """
6074         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6075
6076     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6077         """
6078         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6079
6080         Set the window that has the focus.
6081         """
6082         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6083
6084     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6085     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6086     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6087     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6088 NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister
6089 NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6090
6091 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6092
6093 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6094     """
6095     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6096     underlying GUI object) exists.
6097     """
6098     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6099     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6100     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6101         """
6102         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6103
6104         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6105         underlying GUI object) exists.
6106         """
6107         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6108     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6109         """
6110         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6111
6112         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6113         """
6114         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6115
6116 WindowCreateEvent_swigregister = _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister
6117 WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6118
6119 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6120     """
6121     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6122     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6123
6124     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6125     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6126     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6127     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6128     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6129     notification of the destruction of another window.
6130     """
6131     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6132     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6133     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6134         """
6135         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6136
6137         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6138         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6139
6140         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6141         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6142         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6143         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6144         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6145         notification of the destruction of another window.
6146         """
6147         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6148     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6149         """
6150         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6151
6152         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6153         """
6154         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6155
6156 WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister = _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister
6157 WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6158
6159 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6160
6161 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6162     """
6163     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6164     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6165     """
6166     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6167     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6168     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6169         """
6170         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6171
6172         Constructor.
6173         """
6174         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6175     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6176         """
6177         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6178
6179         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6180         be shown.
6181         """
6182         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6183
6184     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6185         """
6186         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6187
6188         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6189         """
6190         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6191
6192 ContextMenuEvent_swigregister = _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister
6193 ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6194
6195 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6196
6197 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6198 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6199 class IdleEvent(Event):
6200     """
6201     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6202     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6203     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6204     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6205     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6206     events and then becomes empty again.
6207
6208     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6209     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6210     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6211     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6212     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6213     to those windows and not to any others.
6214     """
6215     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6216     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6217     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6218         """
6219         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6220
6221         Constructor
6222         """
6223         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6224     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6225         """
6226         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6227
6228         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6229         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6230         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6231         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6232         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6233         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6234         system.
6235         """
6236         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6237
6238     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6239         """
6240         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6241
6242         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6243         requested more processing time.
6244         """
6245         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6246
6247     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6248         """
6249         SetMode(int mode)
6250
6251         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6252         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6253         events.
6254
6255         The mode can be one of the following values:
6256
6257             =========================   ========================================
6258             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6259             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6260                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6261                                         flag set.
6262             =========================   ========================================
6263
6264         """
6265         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6266
6267     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6268     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6269         """
6270         GetMode() -> int
6271
6272         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6273         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6274         will process the events.
6275         """
6276         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6277
6278     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6279     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6280         """
6281         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6282
6283         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6284         window.
6285
6286         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6287         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6288         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6289         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6290         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6291         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6292         """
6293         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6294
6295     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6296 IdleEvent_swigregister = _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister
6297 IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6298
6299 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6300   """
6301     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6302
6303     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6304     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6305     events.
6306
6307     The mode can be one of the following values:
6308
6309         =========================   ========================================
6310         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6311         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6312                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6313                                     flag set.
6314         =========================   ========================================
6315
6316     """
6317   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6318
6319 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6320   """
6321     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6322
6323     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6324     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6325     will process the events.
6326     """
6327   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6328
6329 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6330   """
6331     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6332
6333     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6334     window.
6335
6336     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6337     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6338     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6339     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6340     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6341     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6342     """
6343   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6344
6345 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6346
6347 class PyEvent(Event):
6348     """
6349     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6350     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6351     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6352     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6353     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6354
6355     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6356
6357     """
6358     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6359     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6360     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6361         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6362         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6363         self._SetSelf(self)
6364
6365     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6366     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6367     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6368         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6369         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6370
6371     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6372         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6373         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6374
6375 PyEvent_swigregister = _core_.PyEvent_swigregister
6376 PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6377
6378 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6379     """
6380     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6381     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6382     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6383     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6384     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6385     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6386
6387     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6388
6389     """
6390     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6391     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6392     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6393         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6394         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6395         self._SetSelf(self)
6396
6397     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6398     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6399     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6400         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6401         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6402
6403     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6404         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6405         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6406
6407 PyCommandEvent_swigregister = _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister
6408 PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6409
6410 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6411     """
6412     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6413     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6414     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6415     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6416     """
6417     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6418     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6419     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6420         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6421         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6422     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6423         """
6424         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6425
6426         Returns the date.
6427         """
6428         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6429
6430     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6431         """
6432         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6433
6434         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6435         internally.
6436         """
6437         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6438
6439 DateEvent_swigregister = _core_.DateEvent_swigregister
6440 DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6441
6442 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6443 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6444
6445 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6446
6447 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6448 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6449 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6450 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6451 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6452 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6453 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6454     """
6455     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6456     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6457     """
6458     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6459     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6460     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6461         """
6462         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6463
6464         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6465         """
6466         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6467         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6468         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6469
6470     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6471     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6472     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6473         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6474         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6475
6476     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6477         """
6478         GetAppName(self) -> String
6479
6480         Get the application name.
6481         """
6482         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6483
6484     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6485         """
6486         SetAppName(self, String name)
6487
6488         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6489         `wx.Config` and such.
6490         """
6491         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6492
6493     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6494         """
6495         GetClassName(self) -> String
6496
6497         Get the application's class name.
6498         """
6499         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6500
6501     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6502         """
6503         SetClassName(self, String name)
6504
6505         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6506         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6507         """
6508         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6509
6510     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6511         """
6512         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6513
6514         Get the application's vendor name.
6515         """
6516         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6517
6518     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6519         """
6520         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6521
6522         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6523         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6524         """
6525         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6526
6527     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6528         """
6529         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6530
6531         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6532         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6533         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6534         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6535         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6536         differences behind the common facade.
6537
6538         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6539         """
6540         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6541
6542     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6543         """
6544         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6545
6546         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6547         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6548         during each event loop iteration.
6549         """
6550         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6551
6552     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6553         """
6554         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6555
6556         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6557         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6558         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6559
6560         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6561               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6562               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6563               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6564
6565         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6566
6567         """
6568         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6569
6570     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6571         """
6572         WakeUpIdle(self)
6573
6574         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6575         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6576         """
6577         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6578
6579     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6580         """
6581         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6582
6583         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6584         currently be dispatched.
6585         """
6586         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6587
6588     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6589     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6590         """
6591         MainLoop(self) -> int
6592
6593         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6594         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6595         """
6596         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6597
6598     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6599         """
6600         Exit(self)
6601
6602         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6603         :see: `wx.Exit`
6604         """
6605         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6606
6607     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6608         """
6609         ExitMainLoop(self)
6610
6611         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6612         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6613         """
6614         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6615
6616     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6617         """
6618         Pending(self) -> bool
6619
6620         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6621         """
6622         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6623
6624     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6625         """
6626         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6627
6628         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6629         appears if there are none currently)
6630         """
6631         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6632
6633     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6634         """
6635         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6636
6637         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6638         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6639         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6640         """
6641         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6642
6643     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6644         """
6645         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6646
6647         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6648         idle time is requested.
6649         """
6650         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6651
6652     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6653         """
6654         IsActive(self) -> bool
6655
6656         Return True if our app has focus.
6657         """
6658         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6659
6660     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6661         """
6662         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6663
6664         Set the *main* top level window
6665         """
6666         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6667
6668     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6669         """
6670         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6671
6672         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6673         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6674         there not any, will return None)
6675         """
6676         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6677
6678     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6679         """
6680         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6681
6682         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6683         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6684         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6685         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6686         explicitly from somewhere.
6687         """
6688         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6689
6690     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6691         """
6692         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6693
6694         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6695         """
6696         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6697
6698     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6699         """
6700         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6701
6702         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6703         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6704         """
6705         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6706
6707     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6708         """
6709         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6710
6711         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6712         """
6713         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6714
6715     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6716         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6717         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6718
6719     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6720         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6721         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6722
6723     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6724         """
6725         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6726
6727         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6728         """
6729         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6730
6731     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6732         """
6733         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6734
6735         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6736         """
6737         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6738
6739     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6740         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6741         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6742
6743     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6744     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6745         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6746         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6747
6748     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6749     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6750         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6751         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6752
6753     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6754     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6755         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6756         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6757
6758     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6759     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6760         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6761         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6762
6763     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6764     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6765         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6766         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6767
6768     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6769     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6770         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6771         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6772
6773     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6774     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6775         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6776         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6777
6778     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6779     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6780         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6781         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6782
6783     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6784     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6785         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6786         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6787
6788     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6789     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6790         """
6791         _BootstrapApp(self)
6792
6793         For internal use only
6794         """
6795         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6796
6797     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6798         """
6799         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6800
6801         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6802         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6803         """
6804         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6805
6806     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6807 PyApp_swigregister = _core_.PyApp_swigregister
6808 PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6809
6810 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6811   """
6812     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6813
6814     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6815     currently be dispatched.
6816     """
6817   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6818
6819 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6820   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6821   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6822
6823 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6824   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6825   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6826
6827 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6828   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6829   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6830
6831 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6832   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6833   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6834
6835 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6836   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6837   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6838
6839 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6840   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6841   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6842
6843 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6844   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6845   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6846
6847 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6848   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6849   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6850
6851 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6852   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6853   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6854
6855 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6856   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6857   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6858
6859 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6860   """
6861     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6862
6863     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6864     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6865     """
6866   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6867
6868 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6869
6870
6871 def Exit(*args):
6872   """
6873     Exit()
6874
6875     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6876     """
6877   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6878
6879 def Yield(*args):
6880   """
6881     Yield() -> bool
6882
6883     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6884     """
6885   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6886
6887 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6888   """
6889     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6890
6891     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6892     """
6893   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6894
6895 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6896   """
6897     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6898
6899     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6900     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6901     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6902     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6903     interaction.
6904
6905     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6906     """
6907   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6908
6909 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6910   """
6911     WakeUpIdle()
6912
6913     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6914     sent.
6915     """
6916   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6917
6918 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6919   """
6920     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6921
6922     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6923     later.
6924     """
6925   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6926
6927 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6928   """
6929     App_CleanUp()
6930
6931     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6932     Python shuts down.
6933     """
6934   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6935
6936 def GetApp(*args):
6937   """
6938     GetApp() -> PyApp
6939
6940     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6941     """
6942   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6943
6944 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6945   """
6946     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6947
6948     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6949     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6950
6951     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6952     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6953     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6954     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6955     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6956     """
6957   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6958
6959 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6960   """
6961     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6962
6963     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6964     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6965     """
6966   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6967 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6968
6969 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6970     """
6971     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6972     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6973     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6974     and write the text there.
6975     """
6976     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6977         self.frame  = None
6978         self.title  = title
6979         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6980         self.size   = (450, 300)
6981         self.parent = None
6982
6983     def SetParent(self, parent):
6984         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6985         self.parent = parent
6986
6987
6988     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6989         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6990                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6991         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6992                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6993         self.text.AppendText(st)
6994         self.frame.Show(True)
6995         EVT_CLOSE(self.frame, self.OnCloseWindow)
6996
6997
6998     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6999         if self.frame is not None:
7000             self.frame.Destroy()
7001         self.frame = None
7002         self.text  = None
7003
7004
7005     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7006     def write(self, text):
7007         """
7008         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7009         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7010         CallAfter to do the work there.
7011         """
7012         if self.frame is None:
7013             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7014                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7015             else:
7016                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7017         else:
7018             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7019                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7020             else:
7021                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7022
7023
7024     def close(self):
7025         if self.frame is not None:
7026             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7027
7028
7029     def flush(self):
7030         pass
7031
7032
7033
7034 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7035
7036 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7037
7038 class App(wx.PyApp):
7039     """
7040     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7041
7042       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7043         gui toolkit
7044       * set and get application-wide properties
7045       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7046         and to dispatch events to window instances
7047       * etc.
7048
7049     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7050     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7051     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7052     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7053
7054     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7055     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7056     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7057
7058     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7059            directly.
7060     """
7061
7062     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7063
7064     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7065                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7066         """
7067         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7068
7069         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7070             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7071             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7072             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7073             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7074             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7075             class of your choosing.)
7076
7077         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7078             redirect is True.
7079
7080         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7081             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7082             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7083             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7084             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7085             toolkit is initialized.
7086
7087         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7088             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7089             GUI apps will.
7090
7091         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7092             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7093             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7094         """
7095         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7096
7097         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7098             try:
7099                 import MacOS
7100                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7101                     print """\
7102 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7103 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7104 your Mac."""
7105                     _sys.exit(1)
7106             except SystemExit:
7107                 raise
7108             except:
7109                 pass
7110
7111         # This has to be done before OnInit
7112         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7113
7114         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7115         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7116         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7117         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7118         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7119         # expected (depending on platform.)
7120         if clearSigInt:
7121             try:
7122                 import signal
7123                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7124             except:
7125                 pass
7126
7127         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7128         self.stdioWin = None
7129         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7130         if redirect:
7131             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7132
7133         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7134         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7135
7136         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7137         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7138         self._BootstrapApp()
7139
7140
7141     def OnPreInit(self):
7142         """
7143         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7144         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7145         that OnInit is called.
7146         """
7147         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7148
7149
7150     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7151         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7152         destroy(self)
7153
7154     def Destroy(self):
7155         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7156         self.thisown = 0
7157
7158     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7159         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7160         if self.stdioWin:
7161             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7162         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7163
7164
7165     def MainLoop(self):
7166         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7167         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7168         self.RestoreStdio()
7169
7170
7171     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7172         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7173         if filename:
7174             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7175         else:
7176             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7177             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7178
7179
7180     def RestoreStdio(self):
7181         try:
7182             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7183         except:
7184             pass
7185
7186
7187     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7188         """
7189         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7190         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7191         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7192         """
7193         if self.stdioWin:
7194             if title is not None:
7195                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7196             if pos is not None:
7197                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7198             if size is not None:
7199                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7205 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7206 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7207 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7208 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7209 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7210 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7211 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7212 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7213 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7214 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7215 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7216
7217 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7218
7219 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7220     """
7221     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7222     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7223     about OnInit.  For example::
7224
7225         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7226         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7227         frame.Show()
7228         app.MainLoop()
7229
7230     :see: `wx.App`
7231     """
7232
7233     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7234                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7235         """
7236         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7237         """
7238         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7239
7240     def OnInit(self):
7241         return True
7242
7243
7244
7245 # Is anybody using this one?
7246 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7247     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7248         self.size = size
7249         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7250
7251     def OnInit(self):
7252         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7253         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7254         return True
7255
7256     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7257         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7258         self.frame.Show(True)
7259
7260 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7261 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7262 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7263 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7264 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7265
7266 class __wxPyCleanup:
7267     def __init__(self):
7268         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7269     def __del__(self):
7270         self.cleanup()
7271
7272 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7273
7274 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7275 ## import atexit
7276 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7277
7278
7279 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7280
7281 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7282
7283 class EventLoop(object):
7284     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7285     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7286     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7287     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7288         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7289         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7290     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7291     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7292     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7293         """Run(self) -> int"""
7294         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7295
7296     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7297         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7298         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7299
7300     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7301         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7302         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7303
7304     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7305         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7306         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7307
7308     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7309         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7310         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7311
7312     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7313         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7314         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7315
7316     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7317     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7318         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7319         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7320
7321     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7322 EventLoop_swigregister = _core_.EventLoop_swigregister
7323 EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7324
7325 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7326   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7327   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7328
7329 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7330   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7331   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7332
7333 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7334     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7335     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7336     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7337     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7338         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7339         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7340     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7341     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7342 EventLoopActivator_swigregister = _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister
7343 EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7344
7345 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7346
7347 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7348     """
7349     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7350     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7351     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7352     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7353
7354     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7355     """
7356     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7357     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7358     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7359         """
7360         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7361
7362         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7363         """
7364         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7365     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7366     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7367     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7368         """
7369         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7370
7371         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7372         :see `__init__`
7373         """
7374         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7375
7376     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7377         """
7378         GetFlags(self) -> int
7379
7380         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7381         """
7382         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7383
7384     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7385         """
7386         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7387
7388         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7389         """
7390         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7391
7392     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7393         """
7394         GetCommand(self) -> int
7395
7396         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7397         """
7398         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7399
7400 AcceleratorEntry_swigregister = _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister
7401 AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7402
7403 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7404     """
7405     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7406     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7407     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7408     supported.
7409     """
7410     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7411     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7412     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7413         """
7414         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7415
7416         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7417         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7418
7419         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7420         """
7421         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7422     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7423     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7424     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7425         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7426         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7427
7428 AcceleratorTable_swigregister = _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister
7429 AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7430
7431
7432 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7433   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7434   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7435 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7436
7437 class VisualAttributes(object):
7438     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7439     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7440     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7441     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7442         """
7443         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7444
7445         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7446         """
7447         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7448     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7449     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7450     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7451     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7452     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7453 VisualAttributes_swigregister = _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister
7454 VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7455 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7456 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7457
7458 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7459 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7460 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7461 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7462 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7463 class Window(EvtHandler):
7464     """
7465     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7466     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7467     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7468     appear on screen themselves.
7469
7470     """
7471     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7472     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7473     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7474         """
7475         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7476             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7477
7478         Construct and show a generic Window.
7479         """
7480         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7481         self._setOORInfo(self)
7482
7483     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7484         """
7485         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7486             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7487
7488         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7489         """
7490         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7491
7492     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7493         """
7494         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7495
7496         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7497         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7498         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7499         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7500         """
7501         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7502
7503     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7504         """
7505         Destroy(self) -> bool
7506
7507         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7508         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7509         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7510         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7511         non-existent windows.
7512
7513         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7514         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7515         """
7516         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7517         args[0].thisown = 0
7518         return val
7519
7520     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7521         """
7522         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7523
7524         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7525         destructor.
7526         """
7527         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7528
7529     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7530         """
7531         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7532
7533         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7534         """
7535         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7536
7537     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7538         """
7539         SetLabel(self, String label)
7540
7541         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7542         """
7543         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7544
7545     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7546         """
7547         GetLabel(self) -> String
7548
7549         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7550         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7551         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7552         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7553         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7554         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7555         """
7556         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7557
7558     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7559         """
7560         SetName(self, String name)
7561
7562         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7563         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7564         """
7565         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7566
7567     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7568         """
7569         GetName(self) -> String
7570
7571         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7572         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7573         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7574         """
7575         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7576
7577     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7578         """
7579         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7580
7581         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7582         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7583         """
7584         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7585
7586     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7587         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7588         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7589
7590     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7591         """
7592         SetId(self, int winid)
7593
7594         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7595         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7596         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7597         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7598         """
7599         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7600
7601     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7602         """
7603         GetId(self) -> int
7604
7605         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7606         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7607         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7608         generated.
7609         """
7610         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7611
7612     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7613         """
7614         NewControlId() -> int
7615
7616         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7617         """
7618         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7619
7620     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7621     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7622         """
7623         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7624
7625         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7626         autogenerated) id
7627         """
7628         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7629
7630     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7631     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7632         """
7633         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7634
7635         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7636         autogenerated) id
7637         """
7638         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7639
7640     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7641     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7642         """
7643         SetSize(self, Size size)
7644
7645         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7646         """
7647         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7648
7649     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7650         """
7651         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7652
7653         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7654         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7655         equal to -1.
7656
7657             ========================  ======================================
7658             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7659                                       default should be used.
7660             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7661                                       -1 values are supplied.
7662             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7663                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7664                                       default values.
7665             ========================  ======================================
7666
7667         """
7668         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7669
7670     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7671         """
7672         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7673
7674         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7675         """
7676         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7677
7678     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7679         """
7680         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7681
7682         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7683         """
7684         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7685
7686     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7687         """
7688         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7689
7690         Moves the window to the given position.
7691         """
7692         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7693
7694     SetPosition = Move
7695     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7696         """
7697         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7698
7699         Moves the window to the given position.
7700         """
7701         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7702
7703     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7704         """
7705         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7706
7707         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7708         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7709         """
7710         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7711
7712     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7713         """
7714         Raise(self)
7715
7716         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7717         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7718         """
7719         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7720
7721     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7722         """
7723         Lower(self)
7724
7725         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7726         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7727         """
7728         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7729
7730     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7731         """
7732         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7733
7734         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7735         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7736         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7737         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7738         around panel items, for example.
7739         """
7740         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7741
7742     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7743         """
7744         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7745
7746         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7747         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7748         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7749         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7750         around panel items, for example.
7751         """
7752         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7753
7754     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7755         """
7756         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7757
7758         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7759         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7760         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7761         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7762         around panel items, for example.
7763         """
7764         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7765
7766     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7767         """
7768         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7769
7770         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7771         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7772         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7773         kinds of windows.
7774         """
7775         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7776
7777     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7778         """
7779         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7780
7781         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7782         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7783         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7784         kinds of windows.
7785         """
7786         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7787
7788     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7789         """
7790         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7791
7792         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7793         """
7794         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7795
7796     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7797         """
7798         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7799
7800         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7801         """
7802         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7803
7804     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7805         """
7806         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7807
7808         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7809         a `wx.Rect` object.
7810         """
7811         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7812
7813     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7814         """
7815         GetSize(self) -> Size
7816
7817         Get the window size.
7818         """
7819         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7820
7821     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7822         """
7823         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7824
7825         Get the window size.
7826         """
7827         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7828
7829     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7830         """
7831         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7832
7833         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7834         """
7835         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7836
7837     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7838         """
7839         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7840
7841         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7842         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7843         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7844         """
7845         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7846
7847     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7848         """
7849         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7850
7851         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7852         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7853         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7854         """
7855         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7856
7857     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7858         """
7859         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7860
7861         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7862         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7863         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7864         """
7865         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7866
7867     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7868         """
7869         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7870
7871         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7872         """
7873         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7874
7875     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7876         """
7877         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7878
7879         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7880         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7881         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7882         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7883         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7884         after calling Fit.
7885         """
7886         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7887
7888     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7889         """
7890         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7891
7892         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7893         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7894         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7895         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7896         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7897         after calling Fit.
7898         """
7899         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7900
7901     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7902         """
7903         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7904
7905         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7906         time it is needed.
7907         """
7908         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7909
7910     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7911         """
7912         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7913
7914         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7915         some properties of the window change.)
7916         """
7917         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7918
7919     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7920         """
7921         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7922
7923         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7924         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7925         the results.
7926
7927         """
7928         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7929
7930     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7931         """
7932         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7933
7934         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7935         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7936         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7937         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7938         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7939         tolerate.
7940         """
7941         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7942
7943     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7944         """
7945         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7946
7947         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7948         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7949         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7950         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7951         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7952         relative to the screen.
7953         """
7954         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7955
7956     Centre = Center
7957     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7958         """
7959         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7960
7961         Center with respect to the the parent window
7962         """
7963         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7964
7965     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7966     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7967         """
7968         Fit(self)
7969
7970         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7971         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7972         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7973         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7974         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7975         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7976         instead of calling Fit.
7977         """
7978         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7979
7980     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7981         """
7982         FitInside(self)
7983
7984         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7985         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7986         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7987         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7988         anything if there are no subwindows.
7989         """
7990         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7991
7992     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7993         """
7994         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7995             int incH=-1)
7996
7997         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7998         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7999         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8000         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8001         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8002         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8003
8004         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8005         """
8006         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8007
8008     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8009         """
8010         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8011
8012         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8013         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8014         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8015         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8016         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8017         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8018
8019         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8020         """
8021         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8022
8023     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8024         """
8025         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8026
8027         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8028         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8029         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8030         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8031         """
8032         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8033
8034     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8035         """
8036         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8037
8038         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8039         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8040         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8041         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8042         """
8043         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8044
8045     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8046         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8047         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8048
8049     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8050         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8051         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8052
8053     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8054         """
8055         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8056
8057         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8058         min size.
8059         """
8060         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8061
8062     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8063         """
8064         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8065
8066         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8067         max size.
8068         """
8069         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8070
8071     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8072         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8073         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8074
8075     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8076         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8077         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8078
8079     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8080         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8081         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8082
8083     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8084         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8085         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8086
8087     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8088         """
8089         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8090
8091         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8092         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8093         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8094         """
8095         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8096
8097     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8098         """
8099         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8100
8101         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8102         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8103         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8104         """
8105         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8106
8107     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8108         """
8109         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8110
8111         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8112         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8113         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8114         """
8115         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8116
8117     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8118         """
8119         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8120
8121         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8122         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8123         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8124         """
8125         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8126
8127     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8128         """
8129         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8130
8131         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8132         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8133         """
8134         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8135
8136     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8137         """
8138         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8139
8140         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8141         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8142         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8143         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8144         because it already was in the requested state.
8145         """
8146         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8147
8148     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8149         """
8150         Hide(self) -> bool
8151
8152         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8153         """
8154         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8155
8156     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8157         """
8158         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8159
8160         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8161         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8162         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8163         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8164         window had already been in the specified state.
8165         """
8166         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8167
8168     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8169         """
8170         Disable(self) -> bool
8171
8172         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8173         """
8174         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8175
8176     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8177         """
8178         IsShown(self) -> bool
8179
8180         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8181         """
8182         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8183
8184     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8185         """
8186         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8187
8188         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8189         """
8190         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8191
8192     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8193         """
8194         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8195
8196         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8197         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8198         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8199         immediately.
8200         """
8201         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8202
8203     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8204         """
8205         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8206
8207         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8208         method.
8209         """
8210         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8211
8212     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8213     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8214         """
8215         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8216
8217         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8218         """
8219         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8220
8221     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8222         """
8223         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8224
8225         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8226         windows are only available on X platforms.
8227         """
8228         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8229
8230     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8231         """
8232         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8233
8234         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8235         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8236         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8237         """
8238         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8239
8240     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8241         """
8242         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8243
8244         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8245         """
8246         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8247
8248     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8249         """
8250         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8251
8252         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8253         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8254         effect.
8255         """
8256         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8257
8258     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8259         """
8260         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8261
8262         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8263          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8264          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8265          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8266          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8267          user's selected theme.
8268
8269         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8270         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8271         """
8272         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8273
8274     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8275         """
8276         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8277
8278         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8279         """
8280         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8281
8282     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8283         """
8284         SetFocus(self)
8285
8286         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8287         """
8288         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8289
8290     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8291         """
8292         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8293
8294         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8295         only called internally.
8296         """
8297         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8298
8299     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8300         """
8301         FindFocus() -> Window
8302
8303         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8304         or None.
8305         """
8306         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8307
8308     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8309     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8310         """
8311         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8312
8313         Can this window have focus?
8314         """
8315         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8316
8317     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8318         """
8319         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8320
8321         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8322         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8323         it.
8324         """
8325         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8326
8327     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8328         """
8329         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8330
8331         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8332         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8333         """
8334         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8335
8336     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8337         """
8338         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8339
8340         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8341         """
8342         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8343
8344     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8345         """
8346         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8347
8348         Set this child as temporary default
8349         """
8350         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8351
8352     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8353         """
8354         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8355
8356         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8357         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8358         """
8359         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8360
8361     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8362         """
8363         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8364
8365         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8366         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8367         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8368
8369         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8370         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8371         windows.
8372
8373         """
8374         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8375
8376     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8377         """
8378         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8379
8380         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8381         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8382         """
8383         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8384
8385     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8386         """
8387         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8388
8389         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8390         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8391         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8392         do not change.
8393         """
8394         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8395
8396     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8397         """
8398         GetParent(self) -> Window
8399
8400         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8401         """
8402         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8403
8404     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8405         """
8406         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8407
8408         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8409         isn't one.
8410         """
8411         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8412
8413     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8414         """
8415         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8416
8417         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8418         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8419         if they have a parent window).
8420         """
8421         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8422
8423     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8424         """
8425         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8426
8427         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8428         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8429         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8430         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8431         oldParent)
8432         """
8433         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8434
8435     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8436         """
8437         AddChild(self, Window child)
8438
8439         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8440         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8441         """
8442         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8443
8444     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8445         """
8446         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8447
8448         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8449         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8450         programmer.
8451         """
8452         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8453
8454     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8455         """
8456         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8457
8458         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8459         """
8460         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8461
8462     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8463         """
8464         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8465
8466         Find a child of this window by name
8467         """
8468         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8469
8470     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8471         """
8472         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8473
8474         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8475         its own event handler.
8476         """
8477         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8478
8479     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8480         """
8481         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8482
8483         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8484         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8485         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8486         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8487         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8488
8489         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8490         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8491         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8492         """
8493         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8494
8495     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8496         """
8497         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8498
8499         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8500         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8501         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8502         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8503         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8504         window classes.
8505
8506         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8507         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8508         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8509         remove the event handler.
8510         """
8511         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8512
8513     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8514         """
8515         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8516
8517         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8518         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8519         destroyed after it is popped.
8520         """
8521         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8522
8523     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8524         """
8525         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8526
8527         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8528         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8529         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8530         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8531         there.)
8532         """
8533         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8534
8535     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8536         """
8537         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8538
8539         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8540         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8541         type.
8542         """
8543         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8544
8545     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8546         """
8547         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8548
8549         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8550         there is none.
8551         """
8552         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8553
8554     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8555         """
8556         Validate(self) -> bool
8557
8558         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8559         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8560         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8561         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8562         """
8563         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8564
8565     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8566         """
8567         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8568
8569         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8570         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8571         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8572         all child windows.
8573         """
8574         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8575
8576     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8577         """
8578         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8579
8580         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8581         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8582         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8583         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8584         """
8585         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8586
8587     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8588         """
8589         InitDialog(self)
8590
8591         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8592         to the dialog via validators.
8593         """
8594         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8595
8596     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8597         """
8598         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8599
8600         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8601         """
8602         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8603
8604     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8605         """
8606         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8607
8608         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8609         """
8610         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8611
8612     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8613         """
8614         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8615
8616         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8617         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8618         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8619         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8620         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8621         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8622         hotkey was registered successfully.
8623         """
8624         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8625
8626     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8627         """
8628         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8629
8630         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8631         """
8632         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8633
8634     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8635         """
8636         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8637
8638         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8639         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8640         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8641         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8642         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8643         then divided by 8.
8644         """
8645         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8646
8647     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8648         """
8649         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8650
8651         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8652         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8653         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8654         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8655         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8656         then divided by 8.
8657         """
8658         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8659
8660     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8661         """
8662         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8663
8664         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8665         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8666         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8667         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8668         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8669         then divided by 8.
8670         """
8671         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8672
8673     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8674         """
8675         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8676
8677         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8678         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8679         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8680         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8681         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8682         then divided by 8.
8683         """
8684         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8685
8686     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8687         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8688         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8689
8690     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8691         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8692         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8693
8694     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8695         """
8696         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8697
8698         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8699
8700         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8701         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8702         """
8703         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8704
8705     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8706         """
8707         CaptureMouse(self)
8708
8709         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8710         release the capture.
8711
8712         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8713         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8714         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8715         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8716         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8717         """
8718         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8719
8720     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8721         """
8722         ReleaseMouse(self)
8723
8724         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8725         """
8726         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8727
8728     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8729         """
8730         GetCapture() -> Window
8731
8732         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8733         """
8734         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8735
8736     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8737     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8738         """
8739         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8740
8741         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8742         """
8743         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8744
8745     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8746         """
8747         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8748
8749         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8750         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8751         to the window.
8752         """
8753         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8754
8755     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8756         """
8757         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8758
8759         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8760         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8761         """
8762         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8763
8764     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8765         """
8766         Update(self)
8767
8768         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8769         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8770         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8771         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8772         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8773         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8774         it) unconditionally.
8775         """
8776         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8777
8778     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8779         """
8780         ClearBackground(self)
8781
8782         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8783         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8784         """
8785         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8786
8787     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8788         """
8789         Freeze(self)
8790
8791         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8792         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8793         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8794         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8795         been undone.
8796
8797         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8798         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8799         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8800         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8801         mandatory directive.
8802         """
8803         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8804
8805     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8806         """
8807         Thaw(self)
8808
8809         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8810         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8811         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8812         """
8813         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8814
8815     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8816         """
8817         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8818
8819         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8820         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8821         scroll position.
8822         """
8823         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8824
8825     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8826         """
8827         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8828
8829         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8830         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8831         """
8832         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8833
8834     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8835         """
8836         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8837
8838         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8839         """
8840         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8841
8842     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8843         """
8844         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8845
8846         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8847         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8848         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8849         exposed.
8850         """
8851         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8852
8853     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8854         """
8855         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8856
8857         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8858         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8859         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8860         exposed.
8861         """
8862         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8863
8864     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8865         """
8866         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8867
8868         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8869         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8870         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8871         exposed.
8872         """
8873         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8874
8875     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8876         """
8877         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8878
8879         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8880         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8881         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8882         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8883         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8884         """
8885         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8886
8887     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8888         """
8889         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8890
8891         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8892         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8893         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8894         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8895         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8896
8897         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8898         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8899         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8900         this.
8901         """
8902         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8903
8904     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8905     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8906         """
8907         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8908
8909         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8910         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8911         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8912         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8913         to the default background colour.
8914
8915         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8916         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8917         calling this function.
8918
8919         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8920         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8921         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8922         applications on the system.
8923         """
8924         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8925
8926     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8927         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8928         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8929
8930     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8931         """
8932         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8933
8934         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8935         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8936         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8937         not be used at all.
8938         """
8939         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8940
8941     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8942         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8943         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8944
8945     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8946         """
8947         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8948
8949         Returns the background colour of the window.
8950         """
8951         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8952
8953     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8954         """
8955         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8956
8957         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8958         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8959         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8960         """
8961         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8962
8963     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8964         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8965         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8966
8967     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8968         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8969         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8970
8971     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8972         """
8973         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8974
8975         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8976         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8977
8978             ======================  ========================================
8979             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8980                                     be determined by the system
8981             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8982             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8983                                     application.
8984             ======================  ========================================
8985
8986         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8987         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8988         no effect on other platforms.
8989
8990         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8991         """
8992         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8993
8994     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8995         """
8996         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8997
8998         Returns the background style of the window.
8999
9000         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9001         """
9002         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9003
9004     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9005         """
9006         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9007
9008         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9009         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9010         background.
9011
9012         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9013         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9014         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9015         correctly.
9016         """
9017         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9018
9019     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9020         """
9021         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9022
9023         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9024         for the children of the window implicitly.
9025
9026         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9027         be reset back to default.
9028         """
9029         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9030
9031     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9032         """
9033         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9034
9035         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9036         """
9037         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9038
9039     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9040         """
9041         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9042
9043         Sets the font for this window.
9044         """
9045         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9046
9047     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9048         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9049         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9050
9051     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9052         """
9053         GetFont(self) -> Font
9054
9055         Returns the default font used for this window.
9056         """
9057         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9058
9059     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9060         """
9061         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9062
9063         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9064         """
9065         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9066
9067     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9068         """
9069         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9070
9071         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9072         """
9073         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9074
9075     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9076         """
9077         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9078
9079         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9080         """
9081         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9082
9083     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9084         """
9085         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9086
9087         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9088         """
9089         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9090
9091     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9092         """
9093         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9094
9095         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9096         """
9097         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9098
9099     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9100         """
9101         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9102            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9103
9104         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9105         current or specified font.
9106         """
9107         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9108
9109     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9110         """
9111         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9112
9113         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9114         """
9115         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9116
9117     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9118         """
9119         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9120
9121         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9122         """
9123         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9124
9125     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9126         """
9127         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9128
9129         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9130         """
9131         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9132
9133     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9134         """
9135         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9136
9137         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9138         """
9139         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9140
9141     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9142         """
9143         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9144
9145         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9146         """
9147         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9148
9149     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9150         """
9151         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9152
9153         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9154         """
9155         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9156
9157     def GetBorder(*args):
9158         """
9159         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9160         GetBorder(self) -> int
9161
9162         Get border for the flags of this window
9163         """
9164         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9165
9166     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9167         """
9168         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9169
9170         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9171         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9172         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9173         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9174         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9175         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9176         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9177         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9178         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9179         in idle time.
9180         """
9181         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9182
9183     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9184         """
9185         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9186
9187         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9188         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9189         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9190         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9191         mouse cursor will be used.
9192         """
9193         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9194
9195     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9196         """
9197         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9198
9199         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9200         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9201         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9202         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9203         mouse cursor will be used.
9204         """
9205         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9206
9207     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9208         """
9209         GetHandle(self) -> long
9210
9211         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9212         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9213         toplevel parent of the window.
9214         """
9215         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9216
9217     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9218         """
9219         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9220
9221         Associate the window with a new native handle
9222         """
9223         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9224
9225     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9226         """
9227         DissociateHandle(self)
9228
9229         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9230         """
9231         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9232
9233     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
9234         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
9235         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
9236
9237     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9238         """
9239         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9240
9241         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9242         """
9243         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9244
9245     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9246         """
9247         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9248             bool refresh=True)
9249
9250         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9251         """
9252         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9253
9254     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9255         """
9256         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9257
9258         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9259         """
9260         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9261
9262     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9263         """
9264         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9265
9266         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9267         """
9268         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9269
9270     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9271         """
9272         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9273
9274         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9275         """
9276         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9277
9278     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9279         """
9280         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9281
9282         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9283         """
9284         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9285
9286     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9287         """
9288         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9289
9290         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9291         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9292         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9293         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9294         """
9295         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9296
9297     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9298         """
9299         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9300
9301         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9302         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9303         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9304         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9305         """
9306         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9307
9308     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9309         """
9310         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9311
9312         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9313         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9314         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9315         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9316         """
9317         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9318
9319     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9320         """
9321         LineUp(self) -> bool
9322
9323         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9324         """
9325         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9326
9327     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9328         """
9329         LineDown(self) -> bool
9330
9331         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9332         """
9333         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9334
9335     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9336         """
9337         PageUp(self) -> bool
9338
9339         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9340         """
9341         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9342
9343     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9344         """
9345         PageDown(self) -> bool
9346
9347         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9348         """
9349         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9350
9351     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9352         """
9353         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9354
9355         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9356         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9357         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9358         """
9359         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9360
9361     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9362         """
9363         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9364
9365         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9366         one.
9367         """
9368         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9369
9370     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9371         """
9372         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9373
9374         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9375         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9376         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9377         """
9378         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9379
9380     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9381         """
9382         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9383
9384         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9385         """
9386         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9387
9388     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9389         """
9390         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9391
9392         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9393         """
9394         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9395
9396     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9397         """
9398         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9399
9400         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9401         """
9402         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9403
9404     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9405         """
9406         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9407
9408         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9409         a drop target, it is deleted.
9410         """
9411         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9412
9413     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9414         """
9415         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9416
9417         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9418         """
9419         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9420
9421     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9422         """
9423         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9424
9425         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9426         Only functional on Windows.
9427         """
9428         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9429
9430     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9431         """
9432         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9433
9434         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9435         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9436         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9437         constraints.
9438
9439         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9440         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9441         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9442         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9443         effect.
9444         """
9445         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9446
9447     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9448         """
9449         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9450
9451         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9452         are none.
9453         """
9454         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9455
9456     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9457         """
9458         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9459
9460         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9461         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9462         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9463         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9464
9465         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9466         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9467         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9468         """
9469         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9470
9471     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9472         """
9473         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9474
9475         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9476         """
9477         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9478
9479     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9480         """
9481         Layout(self) -> bool
9482
9483         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9484         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9485         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9486         handler when the window is resized.
9487         """
9488         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9489
9490     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9491         """
9492         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9493
9494         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9495         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9496         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9497         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9498         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9499         non-None, and False otherwise.
9500         """
9501         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9502
9503     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9504         """
9505         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9506
9507         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9508         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9509         """
9510         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9511
9512     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9513         """
9514         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9515
9516         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9517         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9518         """
9519         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9520
9521     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9522         """
9523         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9524
9525         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9526         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9527         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9528         """
9529         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9530
9531     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9532         """
9533         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9534
9535         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9536         """
9537         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9538
9539     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9540         """
9541         InheritAttributes(self)
9542
9543         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9544         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9545         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9546         colours.
9547
9548         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9549         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9550         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9551         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9552         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9553         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9554         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9555         no matter what and only the font might.
9556
9557         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9558         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9559         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9560         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9561         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9562         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9563         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9564         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9565         parents attributes.
9566
9567         """
9568         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9569
9570     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9571         """
9572         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9573
9574         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9575         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9576         from the parent window.
9577
9578         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9579         wxControl where it returns true.
9580         """
9581         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9582
9583     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9584         """
9585         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9586         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9587         """
9588         self.this = pre.this
9589         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9590         pre.thisown = 0
9591         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9592             self._setOORInfo(self)
9593         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9594             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9595
9596     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9597         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9598
9599 Window_swigregister = _core_.Window_swigregister
9600 Window_swigregister(Window)
9601
9602 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9603     """
9604     PreWindow() -> Window
9605
9606     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9607     """
9608     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9609     return val
9610
9611 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9612   """
9613     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9614
9615     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9616     """
9617   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9618
9619 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9620   """
9621     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9622
9623     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9624     autogenerated) id
9625     """
9626   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9627
9628 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9629   """
9630     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9631
9632     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9633     autogenerated) id
9634     """
9635   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9636
9637 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9638   """
9639     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9640
9641     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9642     or None.
9643     """
9644   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9645
9646 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9647   """
9648     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9649
9650     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9651     """
9652   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9653
9654 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9655   """
9656     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9657
9658     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9659     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9660     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9661     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9662     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9663
9664     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9665     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9666     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9667     this.
9668     """
9669   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9670
9671 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9672     """
9673     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9674     dialog units to pixel units.
9675     """
9676     if y is None:
9677         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9678     else:
9679         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9680
9681 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9682     """
9683     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9684     dialog units to pixel units.
9685     """
9686     if height is None:
9687         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9688     else:
9689         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9690
9691
9692 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9693   """
9694     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9695
9696     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9697     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9698     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9699     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9700     """
9701   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9702
9703 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9704   """
9705     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9706
9707     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9708     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9709     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9710     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9711     cases.
9712
9713     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9714     """
9715   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9716
9717 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9718   """
9719     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9720
9721     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9722     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9723     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9724     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9725     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9726     """
9727   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9728
9729 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9730   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9731   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9732
9733 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9734   """
9735     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9736
9737     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9738     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9739     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9740     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9741
9742     """
9743   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9744 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9745
9746 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9747     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9748     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9749     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9750     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9751         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9752         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9753         self._setOORInfo(self)
9754
9755     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9756         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9757         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9758
9759     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9760         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9761         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9762
9763     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9764         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9765         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9766
9767     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9768         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9769         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9770
9771     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9772         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9773         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9774
9775     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9776         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9777         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9778
9779     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9780         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9781         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9782
9783     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9784     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9785         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9786         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9787
9788     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9789 Validator_swigregister = _core_.Validator_swigregister
9790 Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9791
9792 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9793   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9794   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9795
9796 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9797   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9798   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9799
9800 class PyValidator(Validator):
9801     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9802     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9803     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9804     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9805         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9806         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9807
9808         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9809         self._setOORInfo(self)
9810
9811     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9812         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9813         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9814
9815 PyValidator_swigregister = _core_.PyValidator_swigregister
9816 PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9817
9818 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9819
9820 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9821     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9822     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9823     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9824     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9825         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9826         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9827         self._setOORInfo(self)
9828
9829     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9830         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9831         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9832
9833     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9834         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9835         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9836
9837     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9838         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9839         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9840
9841     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9842         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9843         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9844
9845     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9846         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9847         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9848
9849     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9850         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9851         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9852
9853     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9854         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9855         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9856
9857     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9858         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9859         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9860
9861     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9862         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9863         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9864
9865     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9866         """Break(self)"""
9867         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9868
9869     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9870         """
9871         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9872             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9873         """
9874         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9875
9876     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9877         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9878         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9879
9880     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9881         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9882         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9883
9884     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9885         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9886         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9887
9888     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9889         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9890         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9891
9892     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9893         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9894         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9895
9896     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9897         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9898         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9899
9900     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9901         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9902         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9903
9904     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9905         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9906         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9907
9908     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9909         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9910         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9911
9912     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9913         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9914         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9915
9916     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9917         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9918         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9919
9920     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9921         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9922         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9923
9924     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9925         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9926         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9927
9928     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9929         """
9930         Destroy(self)
9931
9932         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9933         """
9934         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9935         args[0].thisown = 0
9936         return val
9937
9938     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9939         """
9940         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9941
9942         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9943         """
9944         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9945         args[0].thisown = 0
9946         return val
9947
9948     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9949         """
9950         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9951
9952         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9953         """
9954         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9955         args[0].thisown = 0
9956         return val
9957
9958     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9959         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9960         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9961
9962     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9963         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9964         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9965
9966     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9967         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9968         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9969
9970     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9971         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9972         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9973
9974     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9975         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9976         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9977
9978     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9979         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9980         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9981
9982     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9983         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9984         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9985
9986     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9987         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9988         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9989
9990     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9991         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9992         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9993
9994     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9995         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9996         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9997
9998     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9999         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10000         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10001
10002     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10003         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10004         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10005
10006     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10007         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10008         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10009
10010     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10011         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10012         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10013
10014     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10015         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10016         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10017
10018     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10019         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10020         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10021
10022     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10023         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10024         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10025
10026     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10027         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10028         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10029
10030     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10031         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10032         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10033
10034     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10035         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10036         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10037
10038     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10039         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10040         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10041
10042     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10043         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10044         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10045
10046     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10047         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10048         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10049
10050     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10051         """Detach(self)"""
10052         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10053
10054     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10055         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10056         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10057
10058     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10059         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10060         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10061
10062     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10063         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10064         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10065
10066 Menu_swigregister = _core_.Menu_swigregister
10067 Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10068 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10069
10070 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10071
10072 class MenuBar(Window):
10073     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10074     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10075     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10076     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10077         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10078         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10079         self._setOORInfo(self)
10080
10081     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10082         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10083         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10084
10085     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10086         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10087         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10088
10089     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10090         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10091         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10092
10093     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10094         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10095         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10096
10097     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10098         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10099         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10100
10101     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10102         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10103         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10104
10105     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10106         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10107         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10108
10109     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10110         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10111         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10112
10113     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10114         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10115         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10116
10117     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10118         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10119         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10120
10121     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10122         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10123         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10124
10125     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10126         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10127         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10128
10129     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10130         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10131         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10132
10133     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10134         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10135         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10136
10137     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10138         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10139         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10140
10141     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10142         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10143         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10144
10145     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10146         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10147         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10148
10149     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10150         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10151         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10152
10153     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10154         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10155         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10156
10157     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10158         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10159         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10160
10161     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10162         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10163         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10164
10165     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10166         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10167         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10168
10169     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10170         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10171         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10172
10173     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10174         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10175         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10176
10177     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10178         """Detach(self)"""
10179         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10180
10181     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10182         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10183         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10184
10185     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10186     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10187         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10188         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10189
10190     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10191 MenuBar_swigregister = _core_.MenuBar_swigregister
10192 MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10193
10194 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10195   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10196   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10197
10198 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10199   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10200   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10201
10202 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10203
10204 class MenuItem(Object):
10205     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10206     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10207     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10208     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10209         """
10210         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10211             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10212             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10213         """
10214         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10215     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10216     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10217     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10218         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10219         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10220
10221     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10222         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10223         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10224
10225     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10226         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10227         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10228
10229     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10230         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10231         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10232
10233     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10234         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10235         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10236
10237     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10238         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10239         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10240
10241     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10242         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10243         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10244
10245     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10246         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10247         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10248
10249     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10250         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10251         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10252
10253     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10254     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10255         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10256         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10260         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10264         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10268         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10272         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10276         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10280         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10284         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10288         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10292         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10296         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """Toggle(self)"""
10300         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10304         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10305
10306     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10307         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10308         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10309
10310     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10311         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10312         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10316         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10319         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10320         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10323         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10324         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10325
10326     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10327         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10328         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10329
10330     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10331         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10332         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10333
10334     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10335         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10336         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10337
10338     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10339         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10340         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10341
10342     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10343         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10344         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10345
10346     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10347         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10348         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10349
10350     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10351         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10352         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10353
10354     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10355         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10356         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10357
10358     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10359         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10360         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10361
10362     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10363         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10364         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10365
10366     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10367         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10368         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10369
10370     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10371         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10372         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10373
10374     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10375     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10376         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10377         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10378
10379     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10380         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10381         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10382
10383     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10384         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10385         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10386
10387 MenuItem_swigregister = _core_.MenuItem_swigregister
10388 MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10389
10390 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10391   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10392   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10393
10394 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10395   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10396   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10397
10398 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10399
10400 class Control(Window):
10401     """
10402     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10403
10404     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10405     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10406     """
10407     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10408     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10409     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10410         """
10411         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10412             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10413             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10414
10415         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10416         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10417         """
10418         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10419         self._setOORInfo(self)
10420
10421     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10422         """
10423         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10424             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10425             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10426
10427         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10428         """
10429         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10430
10431     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10432         """
10433         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10434
10435         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10436
10437         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10438
10439         """
10440         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10441
10442     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10443         """
10444         GetLabel(self) -> String
10445
10446         Return a control's text.
10447         """
10448         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10449
10450     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10451         """
10452         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10453
10454         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10455         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10456         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10457         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10458         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10459
10460         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10461         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10462         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10463         this.
10464         """
10465         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10466
10467     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10468 Control_swigregister = _core_.Control_swigregister
10469 Control_swigregister(Control)
10470 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10471
10472 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10473     """
10474     PreControl() -> Control
10475
10476     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10477     """
10478     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10479     return val
10480
10481 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10482   """
10483     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10484
10485     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10486     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10487     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10488     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10489     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10490
10491     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10492     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10493     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10494     this.
10495     """
10496   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10499
10500 class ItemContainer(object):
10501     """
10502     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10503     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10504     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10505     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10506     this one.
10507
10508     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10509     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10510     all conform to the same interface.
10511
10512     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10513     optionally, client data associated with them.
10514
10515     """
10516     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10517     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10518     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10519     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10520         """
10521         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10522
10523         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10524         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10525         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10526         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10527         """
10528         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10529
10530     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10531         """
10532         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10533
10534         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10535         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10536         need to add a lot of items.
10537         """
10538         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10539
10540     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10541         """
10542         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10543
10544         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10545         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10546         """
10547         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10548
10549     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10550         """
10551         Clear(self)
10552
10553         Removes all items from the control.
10554         """
10555         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10556
10557     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10558         """
10559         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10560
10561         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10562         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10563         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10564         than the number of items in the control.
10565         """
10566         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10567
10568     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10569         """
10570         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10571
10572         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10573         """
10574         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10575
10576     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10577         """
10578         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10579
10580         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10581         """
10582         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10583
10584     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10585         """
10586         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10587
10588         Returns the number of items in the control.
10589         """
10590         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10591
10592     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10593         """
10594         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10595
10596         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10597         """
10598         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10599
10600     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10601         """
10602         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10603
10604         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10605         """
10606         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10607
10608     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10609         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10610         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10611
10612     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10613         """
10614         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10615
10616         Sets the label for the given item.
10617         """
10618         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10619
10620     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10621         """
10622         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10623
10624         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10625         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10626         found.
10627         """
10628         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10629
10630     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10631         """
10632         SetSelection(self, int n)
10633
10634         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10635         """
10636         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10637
10638     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10639         """
10640         GetSelection(self) -> int
10641
10642         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10643         is selected.
10644         """
10645         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10646
10647     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10648         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10649         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10650
10651     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10652         """
10653         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10654
10655         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10656         is selected.
10657         """
10658         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10659
10660     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10661         """
10662         Select(self, int n)
10663
10664         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10665         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10666         """
10667         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10668
10669 ItemContainer_swigregister = _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister
10670 ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10671
10672 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10673
10674 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10675     """
10676     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10677     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10678     that have items.
10679     """
10680     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10681     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10682     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10683 ControlWithItems_swigregister = _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister
10684 ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10685
10686 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10687
10688 class SizerItem(Object):
10689     """
10690     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10691     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10692     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10693     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10694     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10695     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10696     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10697     layout.
10698
10699     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10700     """
10701     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10702     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10703     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10704         """
10705         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10706
10707         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10708         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10709
10710         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10711         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10712         methods are called.
10713
10714         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10715         """
10716         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10717     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10718     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10719     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10720         """
10721         DeleteWindows(self)
10722
10723         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10724         of item.
10725         """
10726         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10727
10728     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10729         """
10730         DetachSizer(self)
10731
10732         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10733         """
10734         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10735
10736     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10737         """
10738         GetSize(self) -> Size
10739
10740         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10741         """
10742         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10743
10744     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10745         """
10746         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10747
10748         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10749         needed by borders.
10750         """
10751         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10752
10753     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10754         """
10755         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10756
10757         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10758         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10759         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10760         account.
10761         """
10762         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10763
10764     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10765         """
10766         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10767
10768         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10769         """
10770         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10771
10772     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10773         """
10774         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10775
10776         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10777         added, if needed.
10778         """
10779         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10780
10781     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10782         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10783         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10784
10785     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10786         """
10787         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10788
10789         Set the ratio item attribute.
10790         """
10791         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10792
10793     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10794         """
10795         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10796
10797         Set the ratio item attribute.
10798         """
10799         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10802         """
10803         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10804
10805         Set the ratio item attribute.
10806         """
10807         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10808
10809     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10810         """
10811         GetRatio(self) -> float
10812
10813         Set the ratio item attribute.
10814         """
10815         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10816
10817     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10818         """
10819         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10820
10821         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10822         """
10823         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10824
10825     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10826         """
10827         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10828
10829         Is this sizer item a window?
10830         """
10831         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10832
10833     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10834         """
10835         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10836
10837         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10838         """
10839         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10840
10841     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10842         """
10843         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10844
10845         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10846         """
10847         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10848
10849     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10850         """
10851         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10852
10853         Set the proportion value for this item.
10854         """
10855         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10856
10857     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10858         """
10859         GetProportion(self) -> int
10860
10861         Get the proportion value for this item.
10862         """
10863         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10864
10865     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10866     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10867     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10868         """
10869         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10870
10871         Set the flag value for this item.
10872         """
10873         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10874
10875     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10876         """
10877         GetFlag(self) -> int
10878
10879         Get the flag value for this item.
10880         """
10881         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10882
10883     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10884         """
10885         SetBorder(self, int border)
10886
10887         Set the border value for this item.
10888         """
10889         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10890
10891     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10892         """
10893         GetBorder(self) -> int
10894
10895         Get the border value for this item.
10896         """
10897         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10898
10899     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10900         """
10901         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10902
10903         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10904         """
10905         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10906
10907     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10908         """
10909         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10910
10911         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10912         """
10913         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10914
10915     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10916         """
10917         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10918
10919         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10920         """
10921         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10922
10923     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10924         """
10925         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10926
10927         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10928         """
10929         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10930
10931     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10932         """
10933         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10934
10935         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10936         """
10937         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10938
10939     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10940         """
10941         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10942
10943         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10944         """
10945         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10946
10947     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10948         """
10949         Show(self, bool show)
10950
10951         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10952         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10953         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10954         """
10955         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10956
10957     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10958         """
10959         IsShown(self) -> bool
10960
10961         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10962         """
10963         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10964
10965     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10966         """
10967         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10968
10969         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10970         """
10971         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10972
10973     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10974         """
10975         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10976
10977         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10978         isn't any.
10979         """
10980         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10981
10982     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10983         """
10984         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10985
10986         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10987         """
10988         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10989
10990 SizerItem_swigregister = _core_.SizerItem_swigregister
10991 SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10992
10993 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10994     """
10995     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10996         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10997
10998     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10999     """
11000     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11001     return val
11002
11003 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11004     """
11005     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11006         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11007
11008     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11009     """
11010     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11011     return val
11012
11013 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11014     """
11015     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11016         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11017
11018     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11019     """
11020     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11021     return val
11022
11023 class Sizer(Object):
11024     """
11025     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11026     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11027     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11028     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
11029     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11030
11031     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11032     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11033     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11034     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11035     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11036     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11037     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11038     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11039     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11040     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11041     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11042     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11043     compared to a real window on screen.
11044
11045     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11046     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11047     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11048     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11049     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11050     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11051     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11052     """
11053     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11054     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11055     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11056     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11057     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11058     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11059         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11060         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11061
11062     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11063         """
11064         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11065             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11066
11067         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11068         """
11069         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11070
11071     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11072         """
11073         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11074             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11075
11076         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11077         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11078         """
11079         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11080
11081     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11082         """
11083         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11084             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11085
11086         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11087         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11088         """
11089         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11090
11091     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11092         """
11093         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11094
11095         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11096         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11097         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11098         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11099         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11100         and removed.
11101         """
11102         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11103
11104     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11105         """
11106         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11107
11108         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11109         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11110         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11111         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11112         was found and detached.
11113         """
11114         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11115
11116     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11117         """
11118         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11119
11120         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11121         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11122         the item to be found.
11123         """
11124         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11125
11126     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11127         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11128         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11129
11130     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11131         """
11132         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11133
11134         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11135         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11136         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11137         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11138         """
11139         if len(args) == 2:
11140             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11141             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11142         else:
11143             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11144
11145     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11146         """
11147         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11148
11149         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11150         """
11151         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11152
11153     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11154         """
11155         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11156
11157         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11158         """
11159         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11160
11161     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11162         """
11163         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11164
11165         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11166         """
11167         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11168
11169     def AddMany(self, items):
11170         """
11171         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11172         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11173         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11174         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11175         """
11176         for item in items:
11177             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11178                 item = (item, )
11179             self.Add(*item)
11180
11181     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11182     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11183         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11184         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11185     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11186         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11187         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11188     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11189         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11190         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11191
11192     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11193         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11194         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11195     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11196         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11197         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11198     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11199         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11200         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11201
11202     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11203         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11204         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11205     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11206         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11207         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11208     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11209         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11210         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11211
11212     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11213         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11214         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11215     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11216         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11217         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11218     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11219         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11220         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11221
11222
11223     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11224         """
11225         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11226
11227         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11228         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11229         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11230         methods.
11231         """
11232         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11233
11234     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11235         """
11236         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11237
11238         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11239         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11240         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11241         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11242         here, depending on which is bigger.
11243         """
11244         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11245
11246     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11247         """
11248         GetSize(self) -> Size
11249
11250         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11251         """
11252         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11253
11254     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11255         """
11256         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11257
11258         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11259         """
11260         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11261
11262     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11263         """
11264         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11265
11266         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11267         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11268         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11269         """
11270         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11271
11272     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11273         return self.GetSize().Get()
11274     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11275         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11276     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11277         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11278
11279     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11280         """
11281         RecalcSizes(self)
11282
11283         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11284         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11285         it is called by `Layout`.
11286         """
11287         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11288
11289     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11290         """
11291         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11292
11293         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11294         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11295         it is called by `Layout`.
11296         """
11297         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11298
11299     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11300         """
11301         Layout(self)
11302
11303         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11304         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11305         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11306         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11307         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11308         removed.
11309         """
11310         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11311
11312     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11313         """
11314         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11315
11316         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11317         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11318         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11319         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11320
11321         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11322         """
11323         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11324
11325     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11326         """
11327         FitInside(self, Window window)
11328
11329         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11330         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11331         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11332         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11333
11334         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11335
11336         """
11337         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11338
11339     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11340         """
11341         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11342
11343         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11344         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11345         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11346         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11347         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11348         required by the sizer.
11349         """
11350         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11351
11352     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11353         """
11354         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11355
11356         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11357         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11358         this will set them appropriately.
11359
11360         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11361
11362         """
11363         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11364
11365     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11366         """
11367         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11368
11369         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11370         as well.
11371         """
11372         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11373
11374     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11375         """
11376         DeleteWindows(self)
11377
11378         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11379         """
11380         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11381
11382     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11383         """
11384         GetChildren(self) -> list
11385
11386         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11387         """
11388         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11389
11390     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11391         """
11392         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11393
11394         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11395         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11396         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11397         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11398         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11399         """
11400         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11401
11402     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11403         """
11404         IsShown(self, item)
11405
11406         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11407         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11408         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11409         the item.
11410         """
11411         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11412
11413     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11414         """
11415         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11416         """
11417         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11418
11419     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11420         """
11421         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11422
11423         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11424         """
11425         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11426
11427 Sizer_swigregister = _core_.Sizer_swigregister
11428 Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11429
11430 class PySizer(Sizer):
11431     """
11432     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11433     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11434     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11435     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11436     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11437     For example::
11438
11439         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11440              def __init__(self):
11441                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11442
11443              def CalcMin(self):
11444                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11445                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11446                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11447                       # layout algorithm.
11448                       ...
11449                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11450
11451               def RecalcSizes(self):
11452                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11453                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11454                   size = self.GetSize()
11455                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11456                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11457                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11458                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11459                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11460                       ...
11461                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11462
11463
11464     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11465     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11466     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11467
11468     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11469
11470
11471     """
11472     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11473     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11474     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11475         """
11476         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11477
11478         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11479         class.
11480         """
11481         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11482         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11483
11484     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11485         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11486         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11487
11488 PySizer_swigregister = _core_.PySizer_swigregister
11489 PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11490
11491 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11492
11493 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11494     """
11495     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11496     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11497     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11498     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11499     parameter passed to the constructor.
11500     """
11501     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11502     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11503     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11504         """
11505         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11506
11507         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11508         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11509         sizer.
11510         """
11511         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11512         self._setOORInfo(self)
11513
11514     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11515         """
11516         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11517
11518         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11519         """
11520         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11521
11522     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11523         """
11524         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11525
11526         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11527         """
11528         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11529
11530 BoxSizer_swigregister = _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister
11531 BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11532
11533 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11534
11535 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11536     """
11537     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11538     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11539     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11540     passed to the sizer constructor.
11541     """
11542     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11543     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11544     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11545         """
11546         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11547
11548         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11549         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11550         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11551         """
11552         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11553         self._setOORInfo(self)
11554
11555     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11556         """
11557         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11558
11559         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11560         """
11561         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11562
11563 StaticBoxSizer_swigregister = _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister
11564 StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11565
11566 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11567
11568 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11569     """
11570     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11571     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11572     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11573     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11574     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11575     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11576
11577     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11578     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11579     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11580     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11581     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11582     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11583
11584     """
11585     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11586     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11587     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11588         """
11589         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11590
11591         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11592         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11593         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11594         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11595         define extra space between all children.
11596         """
11597         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11598         self._setOORInfo(self)
11599
11600     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11601         """
11602         SetCols(self, int cols)
11603
11604         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11605         """
11606         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11607
11608     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11609         """
11610         SetRows(self, int rows)
11611
11612         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11613         """
11614         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11615
11616     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11617         """
11618         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11619
11620         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11621         """
11622         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11623
11624     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11625         """
11626         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11627
11628         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11629         """
11630         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11631
11632     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11633         """
11634         GetCols(self) -> int
11635
11636         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11637         """
11638         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11639
11640     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11641         """
11642         GetRows(self) -> int
11643
11644         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11645         """
11646         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11647
11648     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11649         """
11650         GetVGap(self) -> int
11651
11652         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11653         """
11654         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11655
11656     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11657         """
11658         GetHGap(self) -> int
11659
11660         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11661         """
11662         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11663
11664     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11665         """
11666         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11667
11668         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11669         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11670         in the constructor.
11671         """
11672         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11673         rows = self.GetRows()
11674         cols = self.GetCols()
11675         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11676         if cols != 0:
11677             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11678         elif rows != 0:
11679             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11680         return (rows, cols)
11681
11682 GridSizer_swigregister = _core_.GridSizer_swigregister
11683 GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11684
11685 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11686
11687 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11688 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11689 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11690 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11691     """
11692     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11693     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11694     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11695     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11696     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11697
11698     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11699     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11700     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11701     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11702     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11703     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11704
11705
11706     """
11707     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11708     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11709     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11710         """
11711         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11712
11713         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11714         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11715         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11716         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11717         define extra space between all children.
11718         """
11719         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11720         self._setOORInfo(self)
11721
11722     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11723         """
11724         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11725
11726         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11727         is extra space available to the sizer.
11728
11729         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11730         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11731         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11732         """
11733         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11734
11735     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11736         """
11737         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11738
11739         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11740         """
11741         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11742
11743     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11744         """
11745         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11746
11747         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11748         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11749
11750         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11751         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11752         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11753         """
11754         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11755
11756     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11757         """
11758         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11759
11760         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11761         """
11762         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11763
11764     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11765         """
11766         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11767
11768         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11769         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11770         other value is ignored.
11771
11772             ==============    =======================================
11773             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11774             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11775             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11776                               (this is the default value).
11777             ==============    =======================================
11778
11779         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11780
11781         """
11782         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11783
11784     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11785         """
11786         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11787
11788         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11789         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11790
11791         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11792         """
11793         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11794
11795     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11796         """
11797         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11798
11799         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11800         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11801         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11802
11803             ==========================  =================================================
11804             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11805             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11806                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11807                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11808                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11809             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11810                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11811                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11812             ==========================  =================================================
11813
11814         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11815
11816
11817         """
11818         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11819
11820     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11821         """
11822         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11823
11824         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11825         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11826
11827         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11828         """
11829         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11830
11831     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11832         """
11833         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11834
11835         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11836         rows in the sizer.
11837         """
11838         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11839
11840     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11841         """
11842         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11843
11844         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11845         columns in the sizer.
11846         """
11847         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11848
11849 FlexGridSizer_swigregister = _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister
11850 FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11851
11852 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11853     """
11854     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11855     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11856     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11857     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11858     will take care of the rest.
11859
11860     """
11861     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11862     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11863     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11864         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11865         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11866     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11867         """
11868         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11869
11870         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11871         method in the base class.
11872         """
11873         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11874
11875     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11876         """
11877         Realize(self)
11878
11879         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11880         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11881         specifc manner.
11882         """
11883         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11884
11885     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11886         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11887         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11888
11889     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11890         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11891         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11892
11893     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11894         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11895         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11896
11897     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11898         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11899         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11900
11901     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11902         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11903         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11904
11905     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11906         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11907         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11908
11909     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11910         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11911         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11912
11913     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11914         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11915         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11916
11917 StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister = _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister
11918 StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11919
11920 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11921
11922 class GBPosition(object):
11923     """
11924     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11925     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11926     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11927     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11928     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11929     """
11930     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11931     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11932     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11933         """
11934         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11935
11936         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11937         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11938         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11939         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11940         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11941         """
11942         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11943     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11944     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11945     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11946         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11947         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11948
11949     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11950         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11951         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11952
11953     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11954         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11955         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11956
11957     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11958         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11959         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11960
11961     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11962         """
11963         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11964
11965         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11966         """
11967         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11968
11969     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11970         """
11971         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11972
11973         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11974         """
11975         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11976
11977     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11978         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11979         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11980
11981     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11982         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11983         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11984
11985     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11986     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11987     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11988     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11989     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11990     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11991         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11992         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11993         else: raise IndexError
11994     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11995     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11996     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11997
11998     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11999     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12000
12001 GBPosition_swigregister = _core_.GBPosition_swigregister
12002 GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12003
12004 class GBSpan(object):
12005     """
12006     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12007     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12008     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12009     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12010     nearly transparently in Python code.
12011
12012     """
12013     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12014     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12015     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12016         """
12017         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12018
12019         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12020         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12021         cell in each direction.
12022         """
12023         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12024     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12025     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12026     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12027         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12028         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12029
12030     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12031         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12032         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12033
12034     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12035         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12036         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12037
12038     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12039         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12040         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12041
12042     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12043         """
12044         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12045
12046         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12047         """
12048         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12049
12050     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12051         """
12052         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12053
12054         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12055         """
12056         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12057
12058     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12059         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12060         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12061
12062     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12063         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12064         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12065
12066     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12067     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12068     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12069     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12070     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12071     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12072         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12073         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12074         else: raise IndexError
12075     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12076     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12077     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12078
12079     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12080     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12081
12082 GBSpan_swigregister = _core_.GBSpan_swigregister
12083 GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12084
12085 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12086     """
12087     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12088     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12089     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12090
12091     """
12092     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12093     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12094     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12095         """
12096         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12097
12098         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12099         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12100         item can be used in a Sizer.
12101
12102         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12103         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12104         """
12105         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12106     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12107     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12108     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12109         """
12110         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12111
12112         Get the grid position of the item
12113         """
12114         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12115
12116     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12117     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12118         """
12119         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12120
12121         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12122         """
12123         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12124
12125     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12126     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12127         """
12128         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12129
12130         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12131         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12132         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12133         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12134         """
12135         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12136
12137     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12138         """
12139         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12140
12141         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12142         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12143         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12144         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12145
12146         """
12147         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12148
12149     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12150         """
12151         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12152
12153         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12154         """
12155         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12156
12157     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12158         """
12159         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12160
12161         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12162         """
12163         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12164
12165     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12166         """
12167         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12168
12169         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12170         """
12171         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12172
12173     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12174         """
12175         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12176
12177         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12178         """
12179         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12180
12181     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12182         """
12183         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12184
12185         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12186         """
12187         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12188
12189 GBSizerItem_swigregister = _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister
12190 GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12191 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12192
12193 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12194     """
12195     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12196         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12197
12198     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12199     """
12200     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12201     return val
12202
12203 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12204     """
12205     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12206         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12207
12208     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12209     """
12210     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12211     return val
12212
12213 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12214     """
12215     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12216         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12217
12218     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12219     """
12220     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12221     return val
12222
12223 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12224     """
12225     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12226     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12227     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12228     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12229     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12230     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12231
12232     """
12233     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12234     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12235     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12236         """
12237         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12238
12239         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12240         rows and columns.
12241         """
12242         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12243         self._setOORInfo(self)
12244
12245     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12246         """
12247         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12248         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12249
12250         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12251         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12252         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12253
12254         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12255         position, False if something was already there.
12256
12257         """
12258         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12259
12260     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12261         """
12262         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12263
12264         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12265         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12266         something was already there.
12267         """
12268         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12269
12270     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12271         """
12272         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12273
12274         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12275         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12276         """
12277         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12278
12279     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12280         """
12281         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12282
12283         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12284         """
12285         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12286
12287     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12288         """
12289         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12290
12291         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12292         """
12293         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12294
12295     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12296         """
12297         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12298
12299         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12300         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12301         index of an item.
12302         """
12303         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12304
12305     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12306         """
12307         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12308
12309         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12310         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12311         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12312         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12313
12314         """
12315         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12316
12317     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12318         """
12319         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12320
12321         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12322         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12323         zero-based index of an item.
12324         """
12325         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12326
12327     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12328         """
12329         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12330
12331         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12332         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12333         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12334         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12335         """
12336         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12337
12338     def FindItem(*args):
12339         """
12340         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12341
12342         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12343         not found. (non-recursive)
12344         """
12345         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12346
12347     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12348         """
12349         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12350
12351         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12352         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12353         """
12354         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12355
12356     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12357         """
12358         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12359
12360         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12361         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12362         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12363         layout. (non-recursive)
12364         """
12365         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12366
12367     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12368         """
12369         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12370
12371         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12372         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12373         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12374         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12375         position of.
12376
12377         """
12378         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12379
12380     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12381         """
12382         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12383
12384         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12385         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12386         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12387         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12388         position of.
12389         """
12390         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12391
12392 GridBagSizer_swigregister = _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister
12393 GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12394
12395 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12396
12397 Left = _core_.Left
12398 Top = _core_.Top
12399 Right = _core_.Right
12400 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12401 Width = _core_.Width
12402 Height = _core_.Height
12403 Centre = _core_.Centre
12404 Center = _core_.Center
12405 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12406 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12407 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12408 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12409 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12410 Above = _core_.Above
12411 Below = _core_.Below
12412 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12413 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12414 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12415 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12416 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12417     """
12418     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12419     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12420     You will never need to create an instance of
12421     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12422     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12423     that it contains.
12424     """
12425     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12426     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12427     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12428     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12429         """
12430         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12431
12432         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12433         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12434         """
12435         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12436
12437     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12438         """
12439         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12440
12441         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12442         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12443         other window.
12444         """
12445         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12446
12447     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12448         """
12449         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12450
12451         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12452         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12453         other window.
12454         """
12455         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12456
12457     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12458         """
12459         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12460
12461         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12462         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12463         window.
12464         """
12465         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12466
12467     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12468         """
12469         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12470
12471         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12472         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12473         window.
12474         """
12475         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12476
12477     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12478         """
12479         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12480
12481         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12482         given window, with an optional margin.
12483         """
12484         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12485
12486     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12487         """
12488         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12489
12490         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12491         window, with an optional margin.
12492         """
12493         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12494
12495     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12496         """
12497         Absolute(self, int val)
12498
12499         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12500         """
12501         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12502
12503     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12504         """
12505         Unconstrained(self)
12506
12507         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12508         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12509         """
12510         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12511
12512     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12513         """
12514         AsIs(self)
12515
12516         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12517         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12518         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12519         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12520         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12521         button label.
12522         """
12523         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12524
12525     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12526         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12527         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12528
12529     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12530         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12531         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12532
12533     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12534         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12535         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12536
12537     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12538         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12539         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12540
12541     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12542         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12543         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12544
12545     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12546         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12547         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12548
12549     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12550         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12551         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12552
12553     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12554         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12555         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12556
12557     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12558         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12559         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12560
12561     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12562         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12563         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12564
12565     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12566         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12567         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12568
12569     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12570         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12571         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12572
12573     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12574         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12575         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12576
12577     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12578         """
12579         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12580
12581         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12582         """
12583         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12584
12585     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12586         """
12587         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12588
12589         Try to satisfy constraint
12590         """
12591         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12592
12593     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12594         """
12595         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12596
12597         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12598         is not determinable, -1.
12599         """
12600         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12601
12602 IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister = _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister
12603 IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12604
12605 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12606     """
12607     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12608     instead.
12609
12610     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12611     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12612
12613     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12614     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12615     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12616
12617         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12618         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12619         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12620         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12621         * width: represents the width of the window
12622         * height: represents the height of the window
12623         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12624         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12625
12626     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12627     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12628     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12629     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12630     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12631     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12632     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12633
12634     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12635
12636     """
12637     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12638     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12639     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12640     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12641     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12642     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12643     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12644     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12645     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12646     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12647     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12648         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12649         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12650     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12651     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12652     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12653         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12654         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12655
12656     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12657         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12658         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12659
12660 LayoutConstraints_swigregister = _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister
12661 LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12662
12663 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12664
12665 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12666 try:
12667     True
12668 except NameError:
12669     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12670     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12671     def bool(value): return not not value
12672     __builtins__.bool = bool
12673
12674
12675
12676 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12677 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12678 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12679 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12680
12681
12682 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12683 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12684 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12685
12686 from __version__ import *
12687 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12688
12689 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12690 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12691 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12692     import warnings
12693     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12694
12695 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12696
12697 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12698 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12699 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12700 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12701 #
12702 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12703 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12704 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12705 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12706 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12707 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12708
12709 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12710 if default == 'ascii':
12711     import locale
12712     import codecs
12713     try:
12714         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12715         codecs.lookup(default)
12716     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12717         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12718     del locale
12719     del codecs
12720 if default:
12721     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12722 del default
12723
12724 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12725
12726 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12727     pass
12728
12729 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12730     """
12731     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12732     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12733     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12734     """
12735     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12736     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12737
12738     def __repr__(self):
12739         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12740             self._name = "[unknown]"
12741         return self.reprStr % self._name
12742
12743     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12744         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12745             self._name = "[unknown]"
12746         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12747
12748     def __nonzero__(self):
12749         return 0
12750
12751
12752
12753 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12754     pass
12755
12756 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12757     """
12758     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12759     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12760     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12761     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12762     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12763     is ready.
12764     """
12765
12766     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12767     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12768
12769     def __repr__(self):
12770         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12771         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12772         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12773
12774     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12775         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12776         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12777         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12778
12779     def __nonzero__(self):
12780         return 0
12781
12782
12783 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12784
12785 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12786     """
12787     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12788     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12789     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12790     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12791
12792     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12793     """
12794     app = wx.GetApp()
12795     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12796
12797     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12798         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12799         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12800                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12801     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12802     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12803     evt.callable = callable
12804     evt.args = args
12805     evt.kw = kw
12806     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12807
12808 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12809
12810
12811 class FutureCall:
12812     """
12813     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12814     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12815     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12816     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12817
12818     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12819     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12820     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12821     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12822     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12823     object.
12824
12825     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12826     """
12827     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12828         self.millis = millis
12829         self.callable = callable
12830         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12831         self.runCount = 0
12832         self.running = False
12833         self.hasRun = False
12834         self.result = None
12835         self.timer = None
12836         self.Start()
12837
12838     def __del__(self):
12839         self.Stop()
12840
12841
12842     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12843         """
12844         (Re)start the timer
12845         """
12846         self.hasRun = False
12847         if millis is not None:
12848             self.millis = millis
12849         if args or kwargs:
12850             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12851         self.Stop()
12852         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12853         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12854         self.running = True
12855     Restart = Start
12856
12857
12858     def Stop(self):
12859         """
12860         Stop and destroy the timer.
12861         """
12862         if self.timer is not None:
12863             self.timer.Stop()
12864             self.timer = None
12865
12866
12867     def GetInterval(self):
12868         if self.timer is not None:
12869             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12870         else:
12871             return 0
12872
12873
12874     def IsRunning(self):
12875         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12876
12877
12878     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12879         """
12880         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12881         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12882         new call to the same callable object but with different
12883         parameters.
12884         """
12885         self.args = args
12886         self.kwargs = kwargs
12887
12888
12889     def HasRun(self):
12890         return self.hasRun
12891
12892     def GetResult(self):
12893         return self.result
12894
12895     def Notify(self):
12896         """
12897         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12898         """
12899         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12900             self.runCount += 1
12901             self.running = False
12902             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12903         self.hasRun = True
12904         if not self.running:
12905             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12906             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12907
12908
12909
12910 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12911 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12912 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12913 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12914 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12915 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12916 # where they should be used.
12917
12918 class __DocFilter:
12919     """
12920     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12921     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12922     """
12923     def __init__(self, globals):
12924         self._globals = globals
12925
12926     def __call__(self, name):
12927         import types
12928         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12929         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12930             return False
12931         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12932             return False
12933         return True
12934
12935 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12936 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12937
12938 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12939 # "core" wx namespace
12940 from _gdi import *
12941 from _windows import *
12942 from _controls import *
12943 from _misc import *
12944
12945 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12946 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12947
12948
12949